{"title":"Products","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"2m-2m-0-6m-heavy-duty-metal-shelving","title":"2m*2m*0.6m 2000KG (W*H*D) Extra-Heavy-Duty Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*2m*0.6m 2000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 500kg Per Shelf, 2000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay includes four solid, height-adjustable shelves made entirely of steel, offering 500 kg per level and 2000 kg total capacity. The modular frame allows you to join multiple bays to create a long-span unit, or use it as a stand-alone rack for tools, cartons and bulky equipment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, that lasts in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 500kg per shelf and 2000kg total (evenly distributed), ideal for bulky tools, parts and cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf levels can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a stable structure for home or commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black steel finish is scratch-resistant, corrosion-resistant and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-extra-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-2000h-600d-extra-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-for-2000mm-600mm-extra-heavy-duty\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-extra-heavy-duty\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright – 1.2mm \/ Crossrail – 1.2mm \/ Shelf – 0.6mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":15453268148342,"sku":"19-28X2-40","price":345.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2_0.6_2000kg.jpg?v=1733455167"},{"product_id":"1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg","title":"1.2m*1.8m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m*1.8m*0.5m Steel Shelving | 800kg 4‑Tier Garage Storage Rack | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2m narrow 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is designed for tight storage spaces in Australian homes, garages and small workshops. Delivering 800kg total load capacity with 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across four height‑adjustable tiers, this compact steel storage rack fits perfectly into narrow wall nooks, single‑garage side walls and utility rooms. It can be used as a standalone storage solution, or joined with additional bays to extend your storage layout as needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial‑grade heavy loads, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003e1000kg heavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across 4 tiers, suitable for household tools, spare parts, storage tubs and medium‑weight equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace‑Saving 1.2m Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: Narrow footprint fits limited wall areas, small garages and workshop corners where wider racks will not fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be easily modified to accommodate tall tool cases, boxes and oddly shaped items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid uprights and crossbeams provide reliable stability for daily residential and light‑commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Black Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Scratch and dust resistant surface, easy to wipe clean and built for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-1800mm-500mm\" href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e1.2m(W) steel Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2m × 1.8m × 0.5m regular‑duty shelving is the ideal pick when wall space is at a premium. It works exceptionally well in single garages, laundry rooms, home office storage areas and small backyard workshops, where wider racks would take up too much walkway space. The 0.5m depth comfortably holds standard Australian 60–100L storage tubs without protruding excessively.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIf you have a full blank wall in a double garage, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m wide shelving\u003c\/a\u003e options will offer better long‑span coverage. For warehouse‑grade heavy storage, refer to our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I join multiple 1.2m bays together to make a longer rack?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, this regular‑duty shelving has a modular design. You can connect multiple bays end‑to‑end to build a continuous storage wall that fits your exact space.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill this 1.2m wide rack fit inside a standard Australian built‑in wardrobe?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the 1.2m width and 0.5m depth are compatible with most large built‑in wardrobes and linen closets, making it a great option for extra household storage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAre the shelves easy to adjust after assembly?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, shelf heights can be repositioned at any time by pulling out the locking pin, moving the shelves to your desired height, and retightening. No special tools are required beyond standard assembly hardware.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.8m High Steel Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more width and configuration options, or visit\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003e our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised storage layout advice tailored to Australian homes and workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31278416167050,"sku":"10-21-31","price":94.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723096429"},{"product_id":"1-2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.2m*2m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m*2m Tall Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | 800kg Narrow Vertical Storage Rack | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2‑metre wide, 2‑metre tall 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is designed for vertical space maximisation in Australian homes with narrow wall space but generous ceiling height.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nDelivering 800kg total load capacity with 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this tall steel storage rack turns unused narrow vertical space into practical storage for garage tools, seasonal items, storage tubs and bulky household gear.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIts modular frame can be used as a standalone unit, or connected with additional bays to extend storage along taller walls.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for everyday garage tools, seasonal supplies, storage bins and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Extra‑Tall Vertical Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The increased height makes full use of unused upper wall space, adding more storage capacity without taking up extra floor area — ideal for narrow garage side walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be customised freely to create tall compartments for long items like brooms and ladders, or compact layers for small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sturdy uprights and cross braces maintain structural stability even at the 2m height, ensuring safe daily residential use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\" title=\"upright-2000mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e1.2m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2m wide × 2m tall regular‑duty shelving is the best pick if you have narrow wall space but high ceilings in your garage or storage room.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIt takes up minimal floor width while extending upward to unlock extra vertical storage capacity, perfect for side walls in single garages, tall pantry spaces and narrow utility rooms.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nChoose our 1.2m × 1.8m standard‑height model for lower ceilings, built‑in wardrobes and compact corners. Go for wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m models\u003c\/a\u003e if you have broad blank wall space to fill.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor heavy industrial loads, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e will be more suitable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the 2m tall shelving unit stable when fully loaded?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the reinforced steel frame and cross bracing are engineered to maintain stability at 2m height. For extra safety, we recommend placing heavier items on lower shelves and lighter goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the top shelf easy to reach for everyday use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe top shelf sits at 2m height, accessible for most adults with standard reach. It is best suited for storing seasonal or less frequently used items to maximise vertical space.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill this 2m tall rack fit in a standard Australian garage with a roller door?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMost standard Australian residential garages have an internal ceiling height of 2.4m or more, so this 2m unit will fit comfortably with clearance above the rack.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and load capacities. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eVisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised vertical storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our regular‑duty racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281919590538,"sku":"11-21-31","price":105.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932758"},{"product_id":"1-2m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.2m*2.4m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m*2.4m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf, 800kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2‑metre wide, 2.4‑metre tall 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is built to unlock maximum vertical storage potential in high‑ceiling spaces across Australian homes and light commercial sites.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this extra tall steel storage rack turns otherwise wasted upper wall space into practical storage for seasonal items, long tools, spare parts and stacked storage tubs — all while taking up minimal floor width.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIts modular design works as a standalone unit, or can be connected with additional bays to extend storage along tall walls.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e For industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eour heavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for everyday garage gear, household seasonal supplies and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.4m Ultra Tall Vertical Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Maximises storage capacity in high‑ceiling garages, tall storage rooms and small warehouse spaces by utilising unused upper wall area without expanding floor footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Customisable Shelf Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf heights can be adjusted freely to create extra tall compartments for ladders and piping, or compact layers for small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Tall Frame Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing are engineered specifically for 2.4m height, maintaining structural stability and safety under full load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2.4m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m (W) × 2.4m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.2m wide × 2.4m tall regular‑duty shelving is ideal for spaces with high ceilings where you want to maximise vertical storage without taking up extra floor space.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIt fits perfectly in high‑ceiling Australian garages, tall walk‑in storage rooms, sheds with high rafters and small light‑use warehouse spaces.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e1.8m standard‑height model\u003c\/a\u003e for low ceilings, wardrobes and compact corners. Go for the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m tall model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have average ceiling height and want balanced vertical storage.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor heavy industrial loads, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e will be more suitable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat minimum ceiling height is needed for this 2.4m shelving unit?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWe recommend at least 2.5m of clear internal ceiling height to leave a small safety gap above the rack and allow easy placement of items on the top shelf.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the 2.4m tall frame stable when all shelves are fully loaded?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the reinforced uprights and cross bracing are designed for extra height stability. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat types of items work best on the top shelf of this tall unit?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe top shelf is best suited for seasonal items, rarely used tools and lightweight bulky goods that you do not need to access on a daily basis.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and load capacities. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eVisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised high‑ceiling storage layout advice tailored to your space. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":44833284030626,"sku":"12-21-31","price":115.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":44833284063394,"sku":"12-21(1\u00261\/4)-31(1\u00261\/4)","price":135.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_2.4_0.5.jpg?v=1723179791"},{"product_id":"1-5m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.5m*2.4m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m x 2.4m Tall Steel Storage Rack | 4\/5 Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | 800kg\/1000KG Garage Shelving | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5‑metre wide, 2.4‑metre tall 4\/5tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit strikes a balanced mix of horizontal storage space and maximum vertical capacity for high‑ceiling Australian homes and light workspaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this tall steel storage rack makes full use of unused upper wall area in medium‑width garage sections, tall storage rooms and small workshops, perfect for organising tools, seasonal goods, stacked tubs and bulky equipment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be connected with additional bays to build continuous storage along tall walls.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150kg Per Shelf, 4\/5 Tier Flexible Options\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every shelf supports 150kg with even weight distribution. Choose the 4‑tier variant for 800kg total capacity with taller vertical gaps, or the 5‑tier variant for 1000kg total capacity with more layered storage.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.4m Ultra Tall + 1.5m Medium Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines maximum vertical storage potential with moderate horizontal shelf space, fitting perfectly in medium‑width high‑ceiling spaces where narrow racks lack capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be customised freely to create tall compartments for long tools and ladders, or compact layers for small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Tall Frame Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing are engineered for 2.4m height, maintaining structural stability and safety even when fully loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2.4m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 or 5  ×\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e (matches your selected tier variant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; height: 156.75px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e1.5m (W) × 2.4m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal Capacity (4‑Tier Variant)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal Capacity (5‑Tier Variant)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1000kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e4 adjustable shelves \/ 5 adjustable shelves\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m wide × 2.4m tall regular‑duty shelving is the sweet spot if you have a medium‑width wall with high ceilings and want both generous shelf space and maximum vertical utilisation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt works perfectly in standard high‑ceiling Australian garages, walk‑in storage rooms and small home workshops, offering more horizontal storage per tier than 1.2m wide tall racks without taking up excessive floor space.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-2m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.2m wide tall model\u003c\/a\u003e for narrow wall spaces and tight corners. Go for \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e1.8m\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m standard‑height models\u003c\/a\u003e if your ceiling is average height and you do not need extra vertical capacity.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor heavy industrial loads, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e will be more suitable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow does this 1.5m tall rack differ from the 1.2m wide tall version?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m model offers 300mm more shelf width per tier, giving you more space for wider storage tubs and larger tools, while still fitting comfortably in most standard garage wall sections.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the middle shelf height convenient for daily access?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the adjustable design lets you place frequently used items at waist to chest height for easy access, while reserving the top and bottom tiers for less regularly used goods.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan this unit be used in a small commercial storage room?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, its 800kg capacity and 2.4m height work well for light commercial inventory, office supplies and small workshop parts storage in enclosed indoor spaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":44833293369506,"sku":"12-22-32","price":170.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":44833293402274,"sku":"12-22(1\u00261\/4)-32(1\u00261\/4)","price":200.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_2.4_0.5.jpg?v=1723180167"},{"product_id":"1-5m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.5m*2m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m*2m*0.5m Steel Storage Rack 800kg | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | Home Garage Shelving | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5‑metre wide, 2‑metre tall 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is the versatile go‑to option for most standard Australian residential garages, balancing generous horizontal shelf space and practical vertical storage capacity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this mid‑height steel storage rack makes efficient use of standard garage wall height without requiring extra tall ceilings, ideal for organising everyday tools, plastic storage tubs, gardening equipment and household bulky items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts modular design works as a standalone unit, or can be connected with additional bays to extend storage along your garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e For industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for daily garage tools, household supplies and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Practical Mid‑Height + 1.5m Universal Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: Matches the ceiling height of most standard Australian homes, offering more vertical storage than 1.8m models while remaining easy to access without step ladders for most tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be modified freely to create tall compartments for long tools and ladders, or compact layers for small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver reliable structural stability for daily residential use, even at full load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000mm-500mm\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames  (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003e1.5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 36.3636%;\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 63.2727%;\"\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m wide × 2m tall regular‑duty shelving is the most universally practical choice if you have a standard‑height Australian garage and want a balance of easy access and extra storage capacity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt fits comfortably along most single garage side walls, next to workbenches and in dedicated storage rooms, offering more vertical storage than \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.8m standard‑height models\u003c\/a\u003e without the height clearance requirement of 2.4m ultra‑tall units.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.2m wide tall model\u003c\/a\u003e for narrow wall spaces and tight corners. Go for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2.4m ultra‑tall model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have high ceilings and want to maximise vertical storage.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor heavy industrial loads, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e will be more suitable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat minimum ceiling height do I need for this 2m tall shelving unit?\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nWe recommend at least 2.1m of clear internal ceiling height to leave a small gap for safe placement and removal of items on the top shelf.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow much extra storage does this 2m model offer compared to the 1.8m version?\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nThis 2m model adds 200mm of vertical space, which typically translates to one extra tier of storage for small items, or taller compartments for bulkier equipment like vacuum cleaners and step ladders.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted in small increments, or only fixed positions?\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nThe upright frames have pre‑drilled holes at regular small intervals, so you can adjust shelf heights in fine increments to match the exact size of your stored items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this 1.5m width a good fit next to a standard garage workbench?\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nYes, the 1.5m width aligns well with most standard workbench sizes, making it a convenient companion storage solution for tools, parts and equipment right beside your work area.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our regular‑duty racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281926930570,"sku":"11-22-32","price":145.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932736"},{"product_id":"1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.5m*1.8m*0.5m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m*1.8m Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | 800kg All‑Purpose Home Storage Rack | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5‑metre 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is a versatile all‑purpose storage solution for Australian residential garages, home storage rooms and light‑use workshops.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a total load capacity of 800kg and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this steel storage rack balances reliable medium‑duty bearing with a space‑friendly footprint, suitable for storing power tools, household supplies, plastic tubs and spare parts.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nIts modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be connected with additional bays to expand storage capacity as needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier supports 200kg with even weight distribution, ideal for everyday garage gear, household storage and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1.5m Width\u003c\/strong\u003e: The most widely adaptable size, fitting seamlessly in standard single garages, dedicated storage rooms and small commercial workspaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf heights can be modified freely to accommodate tall items like vacuum cleaners and step ladders, or compact layers for small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sturdy uprights and cross braces deliver solid structural stability for daily residential and light commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\" title=\"upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m regular‑duty shelving is our most flexible option if you need a single rack that works across multiple spaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt fits comfortably along the side wall of a standard Australian single garage, fits inside most built‑in storage rooms, and also works well in small home workshops.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e1.2m narrow model\u003c\/a\u003e for tight corners, wardrobes and compact spaces. Go for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m wide model\u003c\/a\u003e if you want to cover an entire blank garage wall with continuous storage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor heavy industrial loads, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e will be more suitable.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan this shelving be used in a home storage room as well as the garage?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, its neutral design and moderate size work equally well in garage, pantry, storage room and small workshop settings for household item organisation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow many people are needed to assemble this 1.5m rack?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne person can complete assembly alone with basic tools, but a second person helps speed up the process when aligning the upright frames.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I add extra shelves to this 4‑tier unit later?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe upright frame has multiple pre‑drilled holes, so you can purchase additional matching shelves to create more tiers for lighter items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e1.8m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and load capacities. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eVisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our regular‑duty racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281931878538,"sku":"10-22-32","price":140.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723097174"},{"product_id":"2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black","title":"2m*1.8m*0.5m 600KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*1.8m*0.5m Steel Garage Shelving | 600kg Home Storage Rack | 4-Tier Rack, 150kg Per Shelf | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis wide‑sized, 2‑metre 4‑tier regular‑duty steel shelving unit is engineered for full‑wall storage inside large‑scale Australian residential garages, hobby workshops and utility spaces. Capable of 600‑kilogram total evenly‑distributed weight bearing and 150‑kg load‑bearing capacity on every adjustable shelf, this steel storage rack is your reliable storage solution for garden gear, hardware supplies, plastic tubs and everyday bulky belongings.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThanks to its modular build, you are free to employ the rack as a standalone unit or link multiple bays side‑by‑side to build an uninterrupted full‑length storage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eIf you are seeking higher‑capacity warehouse‑grade storage, check out \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eour heavy‑duty shelving series rated above 1000kg with 0.6‑metre depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600kg Regular‑Duty Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each of the four shelves supports 150 kg with balanced loading, well‑suited for general‑weight garage belongings, cartons and hand‑tool collections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious 2‑metre Wide Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: The broad shelf surface accommodates multiple large‑size storage containers in one single tier, ideal for building continuous storage against empty garage walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Reposition tiers according to your storage demands, creating tall compartments for long‑handled gardening equipment or compact layers for small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Gauge Reinforced Steel Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sturdy vertical uprights and cross‑bracing keep the whole frame stable when loaded with everyday garage‑stored goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard‑wearing Black Powder‑Coated Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e: The treated metal surface resists dust, minor scratches and mild chemical contamination, suitable for long‑time indoor garage usage.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\" title=\"upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel \u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003es\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003ehelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eOur 2m‑wide regular‑duty shelving is optimised for blank, expansive garage wall space in double car garages.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts generous 2‑metre width lets you arrange several 60L‑100L Australian‑standard storage bins on one shelf. The 0.5‑metre depth stops the rack from protruding too far into your garage walkway.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our compact \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e1.2‑metre\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e1.5-metre shelving\u003c\/a\u003e variant for narrow wall corners, closet and small workshop storage. Pick our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty range\u003c\/a\u003e if you need industrial‑level load‑bearing performance.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow many large plastic storage tubs can one 2‑metre shelf accommodate?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eEach 2‑metre‑long shelf can comfortably hold 3‑4 standard Australian 100L storage tubs, leaving spare space for hand‑held tools and accessories.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I assemble several 2‑metre shelving bays to cover an entire long garage wall?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The modular upright design enables seamless connection between separate rack units, you are able to extend storage length to match your complete garage wall dimension.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs it simple to take shelves apart and alter their height after full assembly?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo complex disassembly is needed. Just loosen the fasteners on the upright frame, slide shelves to your preferred position then fasten everything back securely.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular‑duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder‑coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long‑term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e1.8m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare narrow and wide‑width rack choices. Come to \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e to acquire custom‑made garage wall storage layouts for Australian households. Every rack carries our official 2‑year manufacturer warranty; navigate to our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty‑policy\u003c\/a\u003e page to read the complete terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281935679626,"sku":"10-23-33","price":170.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723097577"},{"product_id":"2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black","title":"2m*2m*0.5m 600KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*2m Steel Storage Rack | 600kg 4-Tier Shelving Unit | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2m-wide 4-tier regular-duty steel shelving unit is designed for full-wall storage in Australian garages, backyard sheds and home workshops. With a 0.5m depth that fits standard garage wall spaces without protruding into walkways, it delivers 600kg of total load capacity across four height-adjustable levels — perfect for storing long tools, large storage tubs, cartons and everyday bulky equipment. The modular frame lets you join multiple bays end-to-end to create a seamless long-span storage system along an entire wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor higher weight capacity and deeper cabinetry for industrial warehouse use, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003e1000kg+ heavy-duty shelving range with 0.6m depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600kg Total Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across 4 tiers, suitable for household tools, storage tubs, spare parts and standard cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each shelf can be repositioned to fit tall items like ladders, power tool cases and storage tubs of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams deliver a sturdy structure for residential garage use and light commercial environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Black Powder-Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Scratch, corrosion and chemical resistant, built to hold up to Australian garage dust, temperature swings and regular daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Joinable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Connect multiple bays together to build a custom long-span storage solution that fits your exact wall length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000mm-500mm\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m(W) steel Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; height: 137.157px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e2m*2m*0.5m (W*H*D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e150kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e600kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003ePowder-coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 35.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 61.7412%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2m*2m*0.5m regular-duty unit is ideal if you have a full blank wall in a single or double garage, backyard shed or small home workshop. The 0.5m depth fits most standard 60L–100L Australian storage tubs and toolboxes comfortably, while not protruding so far that it blocks walkways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need higher weight capacity for industrial or commercial warehouse use, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003e1000kg heavy-duty shelving range (0.6m depth)\u003c\/a\u003e will be the better option. For narrow wall spaces, wardrobes or balconies, our 1.2m or 1.5m wide units are more suitable.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I join multiple 2m wide bays together to make a longer rack?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, this regular-duty unit has a modular design that allows you to connect multiple bays end-to-end to create a continuous long-span storage system along your garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill this 0.5m deep shelf fit standard Australian plastic storage tubs?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, 0.5m depth is compatible with most standard 60L–100L storage tubs commonly used in Australian homes and garages.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan this shelving hold ladders and long garden tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, with adjustable shelf heights, you can leave a tall open tier to store long items like ladders, rakes and garden equipment horizontally across the 2m width.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this suitable for covered outdoor shed use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis regular-duty shelving works well inside garages and fully enclosed sheds. While the powder-coated surface offers scratch and dust protection, prolonged exposure to humidity, dew and airborne moisture can gradually lead to surface rust. We recommend indoor placement for long-term condition preservation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2m High steel Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more width and depth options, or explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy-duty 1000kg range for commercial warehouse\u003c\/a\u003e needs. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for custom layout advice tailored to your Australian garage or workspace. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281938071690,"sku":"11-23-33","price":175.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932709"},{"product_id":"2m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black","title":"2m*2.4m*0.5m 600KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*2.4m*0.5m Wide Tall Steel Storage Rack 4\/5-Tier | 150kg Per Shelf, 600kg\/750KG Total Capacity | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2‑metre wide, 2.4‑metre tall regular‑duty steel shelving unit is built for wide, high‑ceiling double garages and large storage rooms across Australia, combining expansive horizontal shelf space with maximum vertical storage potential.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAvailable in 4‑tier (600kg total capacity) and 5‑tier (750kg total capacity) variants, each shelf supports 150kg of evenly distributed weight. This wide steel storage rack is ideal for organising large volumes of plastic storage tubs, gardening equipment, power tools and bulky household items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be joined with additional bays to create seamless full‑wall storage along an entire garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range with 0.6m shelf depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150kg Per Shelf, 4\/5‑Tier Flexible Options\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every shelf supports 150kg with even weight distribution. Choose the 4‑tier variant for 600kg total capacity with taller vertical gaps, or the 5‑tier variant for 750kg total capacity with more layered storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Broad Width + 2.4m Ultra Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Covers more wall space per bay than narrower models, reducing the number of units needed for a full‑wall setup, while the extended height unlocks unused upper wall space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Customisable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be adjusted freely to accommodate long ladders, bulky equipment cases or small sorted hardware, matching your exact storage layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Tall‑Frame Structural Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing are engineered for 2.4m height, maintaining solid stability and safety even when fully loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\" title=\"upright-2400mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2.4m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 or 5  × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e (matches your selected tier variant)\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; height: 156.75px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e2m (W) × 2.4m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e150kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eTotal Capacity (4‑Tier Variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e600kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eTotal Capacity (5‑Tier Variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e750kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.9085%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eTier Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.2138%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e4 adjustable shelves \/ 5 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2m wide × 2.4m tall regular‑duty shelving is the optimal choice if you have a wide, high‑ceiling double garage or large dedicated storage room and want maximum storage volume per unit.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts 2m width covers more wall space per bay, cutting down the number of units needed for a complete full‑wall storage system, while the 2.4m height makes full use of upper wall area that would otherwise go unused for seasonal and infrequently accessed items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.2m\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/1-5m-2-4m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m wide tall models\u003c\/a\u003e if you have narrow wall sections or limited horizontal space. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e if you need industrial‑grade load capacity for commercial warehouse use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat’s the practical difference between the 4‑tier and 5‑tier variants?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eBoth share the same 2.4m total height and 150kg per‑shelf rating. The 5‑tier version adds one extra shelf for more compact storage of small to medium items, while the 4‑tier version leaves taller vertical gaps for bulky equipment and large storage tubs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I connect multiple 2m wide units to cover an entire garage wall?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the modular frame design allows seamless end‑to‑end connection of multiple bays. You can extend the storage system to match the exact width of your garage wall for a continuous built‑in look.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill I need a ladder to reach the top shelf?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor most adults, the top shelf of this 2.4m unit will require a small step ladder for safe access. We recommend storing seasonal items or rarely used equipment on the top tier, and keeping everyday tools and supplies on the middle shelves at waist to chest height.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDoes every shelf have the same 150kg weight limit?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, all shelves in both the 4‑tier and 5‑tier variants have an identical 150kg per‑shelf load capacity, as long as the weight is distributed evenly across the full shelf surface.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\" title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\"\u003e2.4m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":44833299267746,"sku":"12-23-33","price":195.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":44833299300514,"sku":"12-23(1\u00261\/4)-33(1\u00261\/4)","price":235.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2.4_0.5.jpg?v=1723180405"},{"product_id":"1-2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.2m*1.8m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m Heavy-Duty Deep Single Bay Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.2‑metre heavy‑duty 4‑tier deep single bay steel shelving delivers high‑capacity compact storage for small wall spaces, corners and utility zones in Australian garages, workshops and commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 1000kg total capacity per bay, this 0.6m deep metal shelving unit handles bulky tools, heavy parts and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty racks cannot support. The modular frame works as a standalone rack, or joins with matching bays to build custom longspan storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty 1000kg Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total per bay (evenly distributed), engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty shelving weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving, fully accommodating oversized storage tubs, wide tool chests and bulky items without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable 4‑Tier Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Four solid steel shelves can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes, creating custom compartment sizes for your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a robust, stable structure rated for heavy loads, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel finish is scratch‑resistant, corrosion‑resistant and easy to clean, built to withstand frequent use in tough working environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a standalone single bay rack, or joins with matching 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build custom longspan storage systems of any length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eSteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d\"\u003eSteel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty single bay deep shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.2m × 1.8m × 0.6m heavy‑duty single bay shelving is ideal if you have a small wall section, corner or narrow utility space, and need high‑weight capacity with extra depth for bulky items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works perfectly as a standalone rack for tools, spare parts and heavy equipment, or as a building block to extend your existing heavy‑duty storage system. The 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our 0.5m standard depth heavy‑duty single bay if walkway space is very limited and you don’t need extra depth. Opt for our pre‑configured longspan heavy‑duty shelving systems if you need a complete longer storage run. For lighter everyday storage, our regular‑duty shelving range offers better value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between heavy‑duty and regular‑duty shelving?\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy‑duty shelving is rated for 250kg per shelf (1000kg per bay), built with reinforced uprights and crossbeams for heavier loads. Regular‑duty shelving typically supports 150kg per shelf, suited for everyday garage items and lighter storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow much extra depth does this 0.6m model have?\u003c\/strong\u003e This 0.6m deep unit adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth compared to standard 0.5m deep shelving. It fully holds oversized 100L+ storage tubs and wide heavy tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I join this single bay with other bays to make a longer system?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. This unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add as many bays as you need to build a custom longspan storage system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for commercial workshop use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The reinforced steel frame and powder‑coated corrosion‑resistant finish are designed for both home garage and commercial workshop environments, with a load rating suited for heavy tools, parts and inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 1.8m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"1.8m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e1.8m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281970741386,"sku":"15-24-36","price":145.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723096521"},{"product_id":"1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.5m*1.8m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m*1.8m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.5‑metre heavy‑duty 4‑tier deep single bay steel shelving delivers high‑capacity medium‑width storage for garage walls, workshop bays and utility zones across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 1000kg total capacity per bay, this 0.6m deep metal shelving unit handles bulky tools, wide tool chests and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty racks cannot support. The 1.5m width offers more usable shelf space than narrower 1.2m units, while still retaining the flexibility of a single modular bay. The frame works as a standalone rack, or joins with matching bays to build custom longspan storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty 1000kg Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total per bay (evenly distributed), engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty shelving weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5m Wide + 0.6m Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 300mm wider than 1.2m heavy‑duty bays, with 100mm extra depth compared to standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving. Fully accommodates wide tool chests and oversized storage tubs without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable 4‑Tier Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Four solid steel shelves can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes, creating custom compartment sizes for your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a robust, stable structure rated for heavy loads, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel finish is scratch‑resistant, corrosion‑resistant and easy to clean, built to withstand frequent use in tough working environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a standalone single bay rack, or joins with matching 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build custom longspan storage systems of any length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eSteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d\"\u003eSteel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a single bay unit. It can be used standalone, or connected with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty single bay deep shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.5m × 1.8m × 0.6m heavy‑duty single bay shelving is ideal if you have a medium‑width wall section and need high‑weight capacity with extra depth for wide, bulky items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt offers 300mm more shelf width than 1.2m heavy‑duty units, making it a better fit for large tool chests and standard‑size storage tubs, while still being compact enough for corner installations and small utility spaces. The 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.2m heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a narrower wall or corner space. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e0.5m standard depth regular‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you only need lighter everyday storage. Go for our pre‑configured longspan heavy‑duty shelving systems if you need a complete longer storage run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 1.5m model and the 1.2m heavy‑duty single bay? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is 300mm wider per shelf, offering more horizontal space for wide tool chests, large storage tubs and bulkier items. The 1.2m model is more compact, designed for narrow walls and corner spaces. Both share the same 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow does heavy‑duty shelving compare to regular‑duty shelving? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeavy‑duty shelving features a 0.6m deep reinforced frame rated for 250kg per shelf (1000kg per bay), built for heavier loads and bulkier items. Regular‑duty shelving uses a 0.5m deep frame typically rated for 150–200kg per shelf, suited for everyday garage items and lighter storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I connect this bay with other heavy‑duty bays to make a longer system? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add as many bays as you need to build a custom longspan storage system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit standard large Australian storage tubs? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 1.5m width and 0.6m depth easily accommodate standard large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests, with no overhang or wasted side space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 1.8m(H) rack in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\" title=\"1.8m height shelving collection\"\u003e1.8m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281973690506,"sku":"15-25-37","price":155.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723097306"},{"product_id":"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"2m*1.8m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m x 1.8m x 0.6m Heavy-Duty Wide Deep Garage Metal Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2‑metre \u003cstrong\u003eheavy‑duty wide deep garage metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers high‑capacity full‑width storage for garage wall sections, workshop bays and commercial storage spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 1000kg total capacity per bay, this 0.6m deep metal shelving unit handles bulky tools, wide tool chests and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty racks cannot support. As the widest single‑bay heavy‑duty unit in the range, it works perfectly as a standalone rack, or serves as the standard building block for building custom longspan heavy‑duty storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty 1000kg Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total per bay (evenly distributed), engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty shelving weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Wide + 0.6m Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: The widest single‑bay heavy‑duty unit, with 100mm extra depth compared to standard 0.5m regular‑duty garage shelving. Fully accommodates large standard‑size storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable 4‑Tier Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Four solid steel shelves can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes, creating custom compartment sizes for your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights and crossbeams provide a robust, stable structure rated for heavy loads, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel finish is scratch‑resistant, corrosion‑resistant and easy to clean, built to withstand frequent use in tough working environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Modular Building Block\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a standalone single bay rack, or joins seamlessly with matching 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build custom longspan storage systems of any length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eSteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d\"\u003eSteel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a single bay unit. It can be used standalone, or connected with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty wide deep single bay shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2m heavy‑duty wide deep garage shelving unit is ideal if you want a standard‑width heavy‑duty storage unit, either for standalone use on a 2‑metre wall section or as the base unit for building a custom longspan system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt offers the widest single‑bay shelf space in the heavy‑duty range, making it the best fit for standard large storage tubs, full‑size tool chests and bulky equipment. The 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a narrower wall section. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e0.5m standard depth regular‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you only need lighter everyday storage. Go for our pre‑configured longspan heavy‑duty shelving systems if you want a complete ready‑built longer storage run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the standard bay size for building longspan heavy‑duty systems? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This 2m wide bay is the standard building block for our heavy‑duty longspan shelving range. You can join multiple 2m bays together, or combine them with 1.5m and 1.2m bays, to build a custom‑width system that fits your wall exactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow much wider and deeper is this than regular‑duty garage shelving? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis heavy‑duty model is 0.6m deep — 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving — and rated for 250kg per shelf instead of 150–200kg. The extra depth and reinforced frame make it suitable for much heavier and bulkier items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWill standard Australian storage tubs fit on this shelf? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 2m width and 0.6m depth easily accommodate standard large and extra‑large Australian storage tubs side by side, with no overhang and minimal wasted space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for commercial workshop and warehouse use? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The reinforced steel frame and powder‑coated corrosion‑resistant finish are designed for both home garage and light commercial workshop environments, with a load rating suited for heavy tools, parts and inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 1.8m(H) rack in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\" title=\"1.8m height shelving collection\"\u003e1.8m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281976934538,"sku":"15-26-38","price":185.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723096558"},{"product_id":"1-2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.2m*2m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m x 2m x 0.6m Tall Heavy-Duty Garage Metal Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.2‑metre \u003cstrong\u003e2m tall heavy‑duty garage metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers high‑capacity vertical storage for narrow walls, corners and high‑ceiling garages and workshops across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 1000kg total capacity per bay, this 0.6m deep metal shelving unit handles bulky tools, heavy parts and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty racks cannot support. The 2m extra height unlocks additional vertical storage space compared to standard 1.8m tall units, while the compact 1.2m width fits perfectly in narrow wall sections and corner spaces. It works as a standalone rack, or joins with matching bays to build custom longspan heavy‑duty storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty 1000kg Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total per bay (evenly distributed), engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty garage shelving weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.2m Narrow + 2m Tall + 0.6m Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: Compact 1.2m width for narrow walls and corners, paired with 200mm extra height vs standard 1.8m units and 100mm extra depth vs standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving. Maximises vertical storage in tight floor spaces without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable 4‑Tier Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Four solid steel shelves can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes, creating custom compartment sizes for your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) provide a robust, stable structure rated for heavy loads, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel finish is scratch‑resistant, corrosion‑resistant and easy to clean, built to withstand frequent use in tough working environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a standalone single bay rack, or joins seamlessly with matching 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build custom longspan storage systems of any length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eSteel upright frames (2.0m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a single bay unit. It can be used standalone, or connected with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m (W) × 2.0m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty tall narrow deep single bay shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.2m × 2m tall heavy‑duty garage metal shelving unit is ideal if you have a narrow wall section, corner or high‑ceiling garage space, and need high‑weight capacity with extra vertical storage and extra depth for bulky items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2m extra height adds significant vertical storage capacity compared to standard 1.8m tall units, making the most of high garage ceilings. The compact 1.2m width fits neatly in tight spaces where wider bays won’t fit, while the 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.8m tall 1.2m heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings and don’t need the extra height. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg\"\u003e0.5m standard depth regular‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you only need lighter everyday storage. Go for our pre‑configured longspan heavy‑duty shelving systems if you want a complete ready‑built longer storage run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 2m tall model and the 1.8m tall 1.2m heavy‑duty bay?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e This model is 200mm taller, adding significant vertical storage capacity for high‑ceiling spaces. It provides roughly 11% more total storage volume than the 1.8m tall version, with the same 1.2m narrow width, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick is the steel on this shelving unit? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe unit uses specified steel thicknesses for durability and load performance: upright frames are 0.7mm thick, crossrails are 0.8mm thick, and shelves are 0.45mm thick, all reinforced for the 250kg per shelf load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I join this single bay with other bays to make a longer system? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add as many bays as you need to build a custom longspan storage system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIs this narrow unit stable when fully loaded?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. The reinforced steel frame and cross‑brace design deliver stable structure even at the full 1000kg load. For maximum stability, place heavier items on lower shelves and distribute weight evenly across each shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\" title=\"2m height shelving collection\"\u003e2m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\" title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281984536714,"sku":"16-24-36","price":150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718859776"},{"product_id":"1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.5m*2m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m*2m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.5‑metre \u003cstrong\u003emedium tall heavy‑duty metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers balanced high‑capacity storage for medium garage walls, workshop bays and high‑ceiling utility spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 1000kg total capacity per bay, this 0.6m deep steel shelving unit handles bulky tools, medium tool chests and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty racks cannot support. The 2m medium height unlocks additional vertical storage space compared to standard 1.8m tall units, while the 1.5m width offers more usable shelf space than compact 1.2m units without the larger footprint of full 2m wide bays. It works as a standalone rack, or joins with matching bays to build custom longspan heavy‑duty storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty 1000kg Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total per bay (evenly distributed), engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty garage shelving weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5m Medium Width + 2m Medium Tall + 0.6m Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 300mm wider than 1.2m heavy‑duty bays, paired with 200mm extra height vs standard 1.8m units and 100mm extra depth vs standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving. Balances storage capacity and space efficiency, fitting standard storage tubs without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable 4‑Tier Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Four solid steel shelves can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes, creating custom compartment sizes for your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) provide a robust, stable structure rated for heavy loads, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel finish is scratch‑resistant, corrosion‑resistant and easy to clean, built to withstand frequent use in tough working environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a standalone single bay rack, or joins seamlessly with matching 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build custom longspan storage systems of any length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eSteel upright frames (2.0m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a single bay unit. It can be used standalone, or connected with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5m (W) × 2.0m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty medium tall deep single bay shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.5m 2m medium tall heavy‑duty metal shelving unit is ideal if you have a medium‑width wall section or high‑ceiling garage space, and want a balanced heavy‑storage solution with more width than a narrow bay but a smaller footprint than a full 2m bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2m medium height adds significant vertical storage capacity compared to standard 1.8m tall units, making the most of high garage ceilings. The 1.5m medium width fits standard large storage tubs comfortably, while the 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\"\u003e \u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.2m medium tall heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a narrower wall or corner space. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.8m tall 1.5m heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings and don’t need the extra height. Go for our 0.5m standard depth regular‑duty single bay if you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 1.5m model and the 1.2m medium tall heavy‑duty single bay? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is 300mm wider per shelf, offering more horizontal space for standard storage tubs, medium tool chests and bulkier items. The 1.2m model is more compact, designed for narrow walls and corner spaces. Both share the same 2m medium height, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this 2m tall version compare to the 1.8m tall 1.5m heavy‑duty bay? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is 200mm taller, adding significant vertical storage capacity for high‑ceiling spaces. It provides roughly 11% more total storage volume than the 1.8m tall version, with the same 1.5m width, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick is the steel on this shelving unit? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe unit uses specified steel thicknesses for durability and load performance: upright frames are 0.7mm thick, crossrails are 0.8mm thick, and shelves are 0.45mm thick, all reinforced for the 250kg per shelf load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I join this bay with other heavy‑duty bays to build a longer system? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add as many bays as you need to build a custom longspan storage system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31281987944586,"sku":"16-25-37","price":160.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718859776"},{"product_id":"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1","title":"2m*2m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m x 2m x 0.6m Wide Tall Heavy-Duty Metal Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2‑metre \u003cstrong\u003ewide tall heavy‑duty metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers maximum‑volume high‑capacity storage for full‑width garage walls, large workshop bays and high‑ceiling commercial spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 1000kg total capacity per bay, this 0.6m deep steel shelving unit handles bulky tools, full‑size tool chests and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty racks cannot support. As the widest and tallest single‑bay heavy‑duty unit in the range, it delivers the highest storage volume per bay, working perfectly as a standalone rack or serving as the standard wide building block for building custom longspan heavy‑duty storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty 1000kg Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total per bay (evenly distributed), engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty garage shelving weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Wide + 2m Tall + 0.6m Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: The widest and tallest single‑bay heavy‑duty unit, with 200mm extra height vs standard 1.8m units and 100mm extra depth vs standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving. Delivers maximum storage volume per bay, fully accommodating large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable 4‑Tier Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Four solid steel shelves can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes, creating custom compartment sizes for your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) provide a robust, stable structure rated for heavy loads, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel finish is scratch‑resistant, corrosion‑resistant and easy to clean, built to withstand frequent use in tough working environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Modular Building Block\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a standalone single bay rack, or joins seamlessly with matching 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build custom longspan storage systems of any length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eSteel upright frames (2.0m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a single bay unit. It can be used standalone, or connected with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (W) × 2.0m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty wide tall deep single bay shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2m wide tall heavy‑duty metal shelving unit is ideal if you want the maximum storage volume per single bay, either for standalone use on a full‑width high‑ceiling wall section or as the standard wide base unit for building a custom longspan system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt offers the widest and tallest single‑bay shelf space in the heavy‑duty range, making it the best fit for extra‑large storage tubs, full‑size tool chests and bulky equipment. The 2m extra height adds roughly 11% more storage volume than standard 1.8m tall units, while the 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m medium tall heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a narrower wall section. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.8m tall 2m heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings and don’t need the extra height. Go for our 0.5m standard depth regular‑duty single bay if you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the standard wide bay for building longspan heavy‑duty systems? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This 2m wide bay is the standard wide building block for our heavy‑duty longspan shelving range. You can join multiple 2m bays together, or combine them with 1.5m and 1.2m bays, to build a custom‑width system that fits your wall exactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow much more volume does this 2m tall model have vs the 1.8m tall 2m bay? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis 2m tall model is 200mm taller, adding roughly 11% more total storage volume than the standard 1.8m tall version. It makes full use of high garage ceilings, with the same 2m width, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick is the steel on this shelving unit? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe unit uses specified steel thicknesses for durability and load performance: upright frames are 0.7mm thick, crossrails are 0.8mm thick, and shelves are 0.45mm thick, all reinforced for the 250kg per shelf load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWill extra-large Australian storage tubs fit on this shelf? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 2m width and 0.6m depth easily accommodate extra‑large Australian storage tubs side by side, with no overhang and minimal wasted space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4 Flat Shelves","offer_id":44901220221090,"sku":"16-26-38","price":190.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Flat \u0026 1 Mesh","offer_id":44901220253858,"sku":"16-26-38(3\/4)-39(1\/4)","price":220.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Flat \u0026 2 Mesh","offer_id":44901220286626,"sku":"16-26-38(2\/4)-39(2\/4)","price":240.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718859776"},{"product_id":"2m-2-4m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"2m*2.4m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m*2.4m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2‑metre \u003cstrong\u003ewide extra tall heavy‑duty metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers maximum vertical storage capacity for high‑ceiling garages, large workshop bays and light commercial storage spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 1000kg total capacity per bay, this 0.6m deep steel shelving unit handles bulky tools, full‑size tool chests and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty racks cannot support. At 2.4m tall, it is the highest single‑bay heavy‑duty unit in the range, unlocking nearly 22% more storage volume than standard 2m tall models. It works perfectly as a standalone rack, or serves as the standard wide building block for building custom longspan heavy‑duty storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty 1000kg Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total per bay (evenly distributed), engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty garage shelving weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Wide + 2.4m Extra Tall + 0.6m Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: The tallest single‑bay heavy‑duty unit, with 400mm extra height vs 2m tall models and 100mm extra depth vs standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving. Delivers maximum vertical storage volume per bay, fully accommodating large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable 4‑Tier Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Four solid steel shelves can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes, creating custom compartment sizes for your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) provide a robust, stable structure rated for heavy loads, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel finish is scratch‑resistant, corrosion‑resistant and easy to clean, built to withstand frequent use in tough working environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Modular Building Block\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a standalone single bay rack, or joins seamlessly with matching 2.4m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build custom longspan storage systems of any length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eSteel upright frames (2.4m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a single bay unit. It can be used standalone, or connected with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (W) × 2.4m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty wide extra tall deep single bay shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2m 2.4m extra tall heavy‑duty metal shelving unit is ideal if you have high garage ceilings or tall workshop walls, and want to maximise vertical storage capacity in a single wide bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt delivers the highest storage volume per bay in the heavy‑duty range, making it the best fit for extra‑large storage tubs, full‑size tool chests and bulky equipment that you want to store off the floor. The 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\"\u003e2m tall heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have standard ceiling height and don’t need the extra vertical space. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2-4m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m extra tall heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a narrower wall section. Go for our 0.5m standard depth regular‑duty single bay if you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 2.4m extra tall model and the 2m tall 2m wide heavy‑duty bay?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e This model is 400mm taller, adding nearly 22% more total storage volume than the 2m tall version. It is designed specifically for high‑ceiling spaces, making full use of vertical wall space that would otherwise go unused. Both share the same 2m width, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIs a 2.4m tall shelf stable when fully loaded? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The reinforced steel frame and cross‑brace design deliver stable structure even at the full 1000kg load. For maximum stability, always place heavier items on lower shelves and distribute weight evenly across each shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick is the steel on this shelving unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The unit uses specified steel thicknesses for durability and load performance: upright frames are 0.7mm thick, crossrails are 0.8mm thick, and shelves are 0.45mm thick, all reinforced for the 250kg per shelf load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I join this bay with other heavy‑duty bays to build a longer system? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 2.4m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add as many bays as you need to build a custom longspan storage system that fits your wall exactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2.4m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":46304640237730,"sku":"17-26-38","price":210.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":46304640270498,"sku":"17-26(1\u00261\/4)-38(1\u00261\/4)","price":250.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2.4_0.6.jpg?v=1723180524"},{"product_id":"1-5m-2-4m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.5m*2.4m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m x 2.4m x 0.6m Medium Extra Tall Heavy-Duty Metal Shelving 1000kg | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.5‑metre \u003cstrong\u003emedium extra tall heavy‑duty metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers maximum vertical storage capacity for medium-width high walls, narrow workshop bays and corner spaces in Australian garages and light commercial facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 1000kg total capacity per bay, this 0.6m deep steel shelving unit handles bulky tools, medium tool chests and tall storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty racks cannot support. At 2.4m tall, it unlocks nearly 22% more storage volume than standard 2m tall models, while the 1.5m medium width fits neatly into wall sections where a full 2m wide bay would be too large. It works perfectly as a standalone rack, or joins with matching bays to build custom longspan heavy‑duty storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty 1000kg Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total per bay (evenly distributed), engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty garage shelving weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5m Medium Width + 2.4m Extra Tall + 0.6m Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 500mm narrower than 2m wide extra‑tall bays, with 400mm extra height vs 2m tall models and 100mm extra depth vs standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving. Optimised for medium-width high walls and corner spaces, maximising vertical storage without wasting floor width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable 4‑Tier Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Four solid steel shelves can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes, creating custom compartment sizes for your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) provide a robust, stable structure rated for heavy loads, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel finish is scratch‑resistant, corrosion‑resistant and easy to clean, built to withstand frequent use in tough working environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a standalone single bay rack, or joins seamlessly with matching 2.4m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build custom longspan storage systems of any length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eSteel upright frames (2.4m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a single bay unit. It can be used standalone, or connected with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5m (W) × 2.4m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty medium extra tall deep single bay shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.5m 2.4m extra tall heavy‑duty metal shelving unit is ideal if you have a medium-width wall section or corner with high ceilings, and want to maximise vertical heavy storage without the wider footprint of a full 2m bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt delivers the same 2.4m extra height as the wide 2m model, but in a narrower 1.5m footprint that fits perfectly into divided garage bays, side walls and corner spaces. The 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2-4m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e2m wide extra tall heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a full-width high wall and want maximum per‑bay volume. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m 2m tall heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have standard ceiling height and don’t need the extra vertical space. Go for our 0.5m standard depth regular‑duty single bay if you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 1.5m model and the 2m wide 2.4m extra tall bay? \u003cbr\u003eThis model is 500mm narrower per shelf, designed for medium-width walls, corner spaces and divided garage bays where a full 2m wide unit would not fit. Both share the same 2.4m extra height, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat ceiling height do I need for this 2.4m tall unit?\u003cbr\u003e We recommend a minimum clear ceiling height of 2.5m to allow for easy assembly and access to the top shelf. This unit is optimised for high‑ceiling garages, sheds and workshops where standard 1.8m or 2m tall shelves leave unused vertical wall space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow thick is the steel on this shelving unit?\u003cbr\u003e The unit uses specified steel thicknesses for durability and load performance: upright frames are 0.7mm thick, crossrails are 0.8mm thick, and shelves are 0.45mm thick, all reinforced for the 250kg per shelf load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I join this bay with other heavy‑duty bays to build a longer system? \u003cbr\u003eYes. This unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 2.4m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can mix 1.5m and 2m wide bays to build a custom system that fits your wall exactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2.4m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":46304643317922,"sku":"17-25-37","price":180.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":46304643350690,"sku":"17-25(1\u00261\/4)-37(1\u00261\/4)","price":215.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_2.4_0.6.jpg?v=1723180303"},{"product_id":"1-2m-2-4m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black","title":"1.2m*2.4m*0.6m 1000KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.2m x 2.4m x 0.6m Narrow Extra Tall Heavy-Duty Metal Shelving 1000kg  | 4-Tier Rack, 250kg Per Shelf, 1000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.2‑metre \u003cstrong\u003enarrow extra tall heavy‑duty metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers maximum vertical storage capacity for narrow high walls, tight corner spaces and divided garage bays across Australian homes and light commercial facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 1000kg total capacity per bay, this 0.6m deep steel shelving unit handles bulky tools, tall storage containers and heavy parts that standard‑depth regular‑duty racks cannot support. At 2.4m tall, it unlocks nearly 22% more storage volume than standard 2m tall models, while the slim 1.2m width fits perfectly into wall sections, corner nooks and divided bays where wider units will not fit. It works perfectly as a standalone rack, or joins with matching bays to build custom longspan heavy‑duty storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty 1000kg Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf and 1000kg total per bay (evenly distributed), engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty garage shelving weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.2m Narrow Width + 2.4m Extra Tall + 0.6m Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: The narrowest extra‑tall heavy‑duty unit in the range, with 400mm extra height vs 2m tall models and 100mm extra depth vs standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving. Optimised for narrow walls, corner spaces and divided garage bays, maximising vertical storage without wasting floor width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable 4‑Tier Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Four solid steel shelves can be positioned at different heights to suit various box, tub and equipment sizes, creating custom compartment sizes for your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) with cross‑brace design deliver robust, stable structure rated for heavy loads, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use even in a narrow footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel finish is scratch‑resistant, corrosion‑resistant and easy to clean, built to withstand frequent use in tough working environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a standalone single bay rack, or joins seamlessly with matching 2.4m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build custom longspan storage systems of any length.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2400mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eSteel upright frames (2.4m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a single bay unit. It can be used standalone, or connected with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m (W) × 2.4m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty narrow extra tall deep single bay shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.2m 2.4m extra tall heavy‑duty metal shelving unit is ideal if you have a narrow wall section, tight corner or divided garage bay with high ceilings, and want to maximise vertical heavy storage in a minimal width footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt delivers the same 2.4m extra height as wider models, but in a slim 1.2m footprint that slots into spaces where 1.5m or 2m wide units cannot fit. The 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2-4m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m extra tall heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a medium‑width wall and want more shelf space per tier. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.2m 2m tall heavy‑duty single bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have standard ceiling height and don’t need the extra vertical space. Go for our 0.5m standard depth regular‑duty single bay if you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 1.2m narrow model and the 1.5m medium extra tall bay? \u003cbr\u003eThis model is 300mm narrower per shelf, designed for tight corners, narrow walls and divided garage bays where a wider unit will not fit. Both share the same 2.4m extra height, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat ceiling clearance do I need for this 2.4m tall unit?\u003cbr\u003e We recommend a minimum clear ceiling height of 2.5m to allow for straightforward assembly and safe access to the top shelf. This unit is purpose‑built for high‑ceiling garages, sheds and workshops where shorter shelves leave valuable vertical wall space unused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs a narrow extra‑tall shelf stable when fully loaded? \u003cbr\u003eYes. The reinforced steel frame and integrated cross‑bracing deliver stable structure even at the full 1000kg load. For maximum stability, always place heavier items on lower shelves and distribute weight evenly across each shelf level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I mix this with wider bays to build a custom longspan system? \u003cbr\u003eYes. This unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 2.4m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can mix 1.2m, 1.5m and 2m wide bays to build a custom system that fits your exact wall length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2.4m(H) rack in the \u003ca title=\"2.4m height shelving collection\" href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"4-Shelf","offer_id":46304642334882,"sku":"17-24-36","price":170.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Shelf","offer_id":46304642367650,"sku":"17-24(1\u00261\/4)-36(1\u00261\/4)","price":200.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.2_2.4_0.6.jpg?v=1723180002"},{"product_id":"1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"1.5m*1.8m*0.6m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e1.5m*1.8m*0.6m Deep steel Garage Shelving 800kg |\u003c\/span\u003e 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5‑metre wide, 1.8‑metre tall regular‑duty steel shelving unit features an extended 0.6m depth, designed for Australian garages and small workshops that need extra front‑to‑back storage space for bulky items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this deep‑profile steel storage rack easily accommodates large plastic storage tubs, heavy tool chests, gardening equipment and oversized cartons that standard 0.5m deep racks cannot fully support.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be connected with additional bays to build a continuous storage system along your garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse storage requiring 1000kg load capacity, explore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extended Depth Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m shelving, providing more front‑to‑back space to fit large Australian‑size storage tubs, wide toolboxes and bulky equipment without items hanging over the shelf edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800kg Regular‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, household supplies and light commercial inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be repositioned freely to match the height of your stored items, from small hardware organisers to tall equipment cases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability, with the deeper base adding extra tilt resistance for heavier loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow‑Maintenance Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"extra shelf\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m wide × 1.8m tall × 0.6m deep regular‑duty shelving is the best choice if standard 0.5m deep racks are too shallow to hold your storage tubs, tool chests or large equipment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe extra 100mm of depth lets items sit fully on the shelf without overhanging, reducing tipping risks and creating a neater, safer storage setup. It fits perfectly along standard single garage walls, in dedicated workshop spaces and in large home storage rooms.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our standard \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e0.5m deep models\u003c\/a\u003e if you have limited walkway space and need a slimmer profile. Opt for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003ewider 2m deep shelving\u003c\/a\u003e if you need full‑wall coverage for a double garage.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor industrial‑grade heavy loads, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 1000kg range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the main difference between this 0.6m deep rack and the standard 0.5m version?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth. It is designed to fully hold larger 100L+ Australian storage tubs and wide tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge of the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes the extra depth make the unit less stable?\u003cbr\u003eNo. The deeper frame actually creates a wider base footprint, which improves overall stability and resistance to tipping, especially when storing heavier items towards the front of each shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I still join multiple 0.6m deep bays together side by side?\u003cbr\u003eYes, the modular connection system works the same way. You can link multiple bays end‑to‑end to create a continuous deep‑storage wall that matches the length of your space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat size storage tubs fit best on these 0.6m deep shelves?\u003cbr\u003eMost 80L to 120L standard Australian plastic storage tubs fit comfortably front‑to‑back, with room left at the back for smaller items or to keep the shelf tidy and organised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e1.8m‑height Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and depth options. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our regular‑duty racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33896689238154,"sku":"13-22-34","price":145.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_1.8_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1723097473"},{"product_id":"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"2m*1.8m*0.6m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m x 1.8m x 0.6m Wide Deep Garage Shelving 800KG | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2‑metre wide, 1.8‑metre tall steel shelving unit features an extended 0.6m depth, built for wide blank walls in Australian double garages, large sheds and home workshops that need both broad coverage and deep front‑to‑back storage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this wide deep storage rack easily holds rows of large plastic storage tubs, heavy tool chests, gardening equipment and oversized cartons that narrower or shallower racks cannot accommodate.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be joined with additional bays to build a seamless full‑wall storage system along your entire garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNote: For industrial warehouse use with 1000kg load requirements, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Broad Width + 0.6m Extended Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines wide horizontal coverage with extra front‑to‑back space. One single bay covers more wall area and fully supports large Australian‑size storage tubs without items overhanging the shelf edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200kg Per Shelf, 800kg Total Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier safely holds 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, household supplies and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be repositioned freely to match the height of your stored items, from small hardware organisers to tall equipment cases and ladders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The deeper base footprint also improves tilt resistance for heavier front‑loaded items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"extra shelf\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2m wide × 1.8m tall × 0.6m deep shelving unit is ideal if you have a double garage with wide empty walls, and find standard 0.5m deep racks too shallow for your largest storage containers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 2m width means you need fewer bays to cover an entire wall, creating a cleaner, more seamless look. The 1.8m height fits most standard Australian garage ceilings comfortably, with easy access to all shelves without needing a step ladder for everyday items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m wide deep model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have narrower wall sections. Opt for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e0.5m standard depth shelving\u003c\/a\u003e if walkway space is very limited. For high‑ceiling spaces, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2-4m-height-shelving\"\u003e2.4m tall range\u003c\/a\u003e offers extra vertical storage capacity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow does this 0.6m deep model differ from the 2m wide 0.5m deep version?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth. It is designed to fully hold 100L+ oversized storage tubs and wide tool chests, so nothing hangs over the front edge and creates a tipping hazard.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow many large storage tubs can fit on one 2m wide shelf?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMost standard 100L Australian plastic storage tubs fit 3 to 4 side by side on the 2m wide shelf, with full front‑to‑back support thanks to the 0.6m depth.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill this 1.8m tall unit fit under a standard roller door?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. Most Australian residential garages have an internal ceiling height of 2.1m or more, so this 1.8m unit fits comfortably with clearance above, even under the roller door track.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDoes the extra depth take up a lot of walkway space?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 0.6m depth extends 100mm further than standard shelving. For most double garages with side‑wall storage, this still leaves plenty of walkway room, but it is worth measuring your available space before ordering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1-8m-height-shelving\"\u003e1.8m height shelving collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and depth options. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised double garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our steel racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33896717418634,"sku":"13-23-35","price":175.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_1.8_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1723097893"},{"product_id":"1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2","title":"1.5m*2m*0.6m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m x 2m x0.6m Deep Steel Storage Rack 800kg | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5‑metre wide, 2‑metre tall steel shelving unit features an extended 0.6m depth, designed for Australian single garages and medium storage rooms where you want both extra vertical capacity and deeper front‑to‑back storage without taking up excessive wall width.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this tall deep storage rack comfortably holds oversized plastic tubs, tall tool chests, gardening equipment and bulky cartons — combining the vertical space of a 2m tall frame with the deep holding power of a 0.6m deep shelf.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts modular frame works as a standalone unit, or can be joined with additional bays to extend storage along longer walls as needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor commercial warehouse use requiring 1000kg heavy‑load performance, explore our industrial‑grade \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced 1.5m Width + 2m Height + 0.6m Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e: A versatile middle‑ground size that fits most standard single garage walls. It adds 200mm of extra vertical storage compared to 1.8m tall models, plus 100mm extra depth compared to standard 0.5m shelving, without needing a full 2m wide wall section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200kg Per Shelf, 800kg Total Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier safely supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, seasonal supplies and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Heights\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be repositioned freely to create tall gaps for long‑handled tools and equipment cases, or compact layers for sorted small parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The deeper 0.6m base footprint also improves tilt resistance, even at the 2m height with fully loaded upper shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Low‑Maintenance Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\" title=\"upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"1.5m extra shelf\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 1.5m wide × 2m tall × 0.6m deep shelving unit is the sweet spot if you have a standard single garage with decent ceiling height, and find standard 0.5m deep racks too shallow for your largest storage tubs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 1.5m width fits neatly beside a parked car or alongside a workbench, while the 2m height makes full use of typical garage ceiling space without requiring a tall ladder for regular access. The 0.6m depth ensures large tubs and toolboxes sit fully on the shelf with no overhang.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.8m tall deep model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m wide tall deep version\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a double garage with wider blank walls. For tight narrow spaces, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\"\u003e1.2m wide tall shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e works best.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat’s the difference between this and the 1.5m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep model?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model is 200mm taller. It adds extra vertical storage space for taller items or an additional of lighter goods, while keeping the same 1.5m width and 0.6m depth footprint.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the 2m tall frame still stable with the extra 0.6m depth?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The deeper 0.6m base actually widens the overall footprint, which improves balance and reduces tipping risk compared to slimmer 0.5m deep tall racks.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill this fit next to a standard single garage workbench?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The 1.5m width aligns well with most standard workbench sizes, and the 0.6m depth matches typical workbench depth, creating a cohesive storage and work area setup.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDo I need a step ladder to reach the top shelf?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMost adults can reach the top shelf for lighter items without a ladder, but for safe loading and unloading of heavier goods, a small step stool is recommended. We suggest storing lighter, less frequently used items on the top tier.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\"\u003e2m height shelving collection\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different widths and depth options. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised single garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our steel storage racks come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33896740061322,"sku":"14-22-34","price":150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/1.5_2_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1718944848"},{"product_id":"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black","title":"2m*2m*0.6m 800KG (W*H*D) Steel Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m x 2m x 0.6m Wide Tall Deep Garage Shelving 800kg | 4-Tier Rack, 200kg Per Shelf | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2‑metre wide, 2‑metre tall steel shelving unit with 0.6m extended depth is built for large blank walls in Australian double garages, big backyard sheds and spacious home workshops, delivering maximum storage volume per single bay.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 800kg total load capacity and 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf, this wide tall deep storage rack easily accommodates rows of oversized plastic tubs, heavy tool chests, long gardening equipment and bulky cartons, combining broad horizontal coverage, extra vertical space and deep front‑to‑back holding power in one unit.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIts modular frame works as a standalone storage solution, or can be joined with additional bays to build a seamless full‑wall storage system across your entire garage wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor commercial warehouse use requiring 1000kg heavy‑load performance, explore our industrial‑grade \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/1000kg-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Width + 2m Height + 0.6m Depth Max Volume Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The largest single‑bay size in the regular capacity range. One unit covers more wall area and holds bigger items than narrower or shallower models, reducing the number of bays needed for a complete garage storage setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200kg Per Shelf, 800kg Total Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each tier safely supports 200kg with even weight distribution, suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, seasonal supplies and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Customisable Shelf Layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shelf positions can be adjusted freely to create tall vertical gaps for ladders and equipment cases, or compact layers for sorted small hardware and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The 0.6m deep base footprint widens the overall balance, reducing tipping risk even at the 2m height with fully loaded upper shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Low‑Maintenance Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Black powder‑coated steel surface resists dust, minor scratches and light stains, easy to wipe clean for long‑term indoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\" title=\"upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"extra shelf\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Bay Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2m wide × 2m tall × 0.6m deep shelving unit is the best choice if you have a double garage with wide, high empty walls and want to maximise total storage volume with fewer individual units.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 2m width covers more wall space per bay, creating a cleaner, more seamless look when installed end‑to‑end. The 2m height makes full use of standard Australian garage ceiling space, while the 0.6m depth ensures large 100L+ storage tubs sit completely on the shelf with no dangerous overhang.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\"\u003e1.5m wide tall deep model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a single garage with narrower wall space. Opt for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m wide 1.8m tall deep version\u003c\/a\u003e if your ceiling is lower. For tight narrow spaces, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\"\u003e1.2m wide tall shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e works best.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow is this different from the 2m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep shelving?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model adds 200mm of extra height. It provides more vertical storage space for taller items or can be configured with an additional tier for lighter goods, while keeping the same 2m width and 0.6m depth footprint.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow many large 100L storage tubs fit on one 2m wide shelf?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou can fit 3 to 4 standard 100L Australian plastic storage tubs side by side on the 2m wide shelf, with full front‑to‑back support thanks to the 0.6m depth.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan multiple bays be joined to cover an entire double garage wall?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The modular frame design allows seamless end‑to‑end connection. You can line up multiple 2m wide units to create a continuous built‑in look storage wall that spans the full length of your garage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs the top shelf easy to reach for everyday items?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMost adults can reach the top shelf for lighter items without a ladder, but for safe loading of heavier goods, a small step stool is recommended. We suggest storing seasonal or rarely used items on the top tier.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full range of 2m(H) rack in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2m-height-shelving\" title=\"2m height shelving collection\"\u003e2m(H) Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33896755888266,"sku":"14-23-35","price":180.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/2_2_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1718944836"},{"product_id":"2000mm-extra-heavy-duty-workbench-1000kg","title":"Workbench 2m*1.07m*0.6m 1000KG - Extra-Heavy-Duty","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m Extra-Heavy-Duty Steel Workbench – 1000kg Capacity, 2 Adjustable Shelves for Garage \u0026amp; Warehouse\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for the most demanding industrial and workshop environments, this extra-heavy-duty 2m steel workbench features two shelves, each with a 500kg weight load capacity (1000kg total). Ideal for heavy equipment, bulk storage, or high-intensity workstations, it provides unmatched strength and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a durable powder-coated steel frame in black, the bench includes two adjustable shelves to suit varied working needs. \u003cstrong\u003ePlease note: this model is the only one in the range that does not include pre-drilled upright foot plates for optional wheel installation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra-heavy-duty steel construction with matte black finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × shelves with 500kg capacity each (1000kg total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelf height for flexible storage and workflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use in garages, warehouses, factories, and workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy, wobble-free frame – built for long-term industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: Wheels cannot be installed on this model\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-900mm-600mm-extra-heavy-duty\" title=\"extra heavy duty workbench upright 0.9m\"\u003e1.07m(H) Uprights\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-for-2000mm-600mm-extra-heavy-duty\" title=\"shelf 2mx0.6m extra-heavy-duty\"\u003e2m Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Add-Ons\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-for-2000mm-600mm-extra-heavy-duty\" title=\"shelf 2mx0.6m extra-heavy-duty\"\u003eExtra Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm (W) × 1070mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000kg (500kg per shelf, evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by a 2-Year warranty and 100% satisfaction guarantee. See details on our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed industrial-grade strength in your workspace?\u003c\/strong\u003e Explore our full \u003ca title=\"workbench collection\" href=\"\/collections\/workbenches\"\u003eWorkbench Collection \u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Showroom Visit\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout planning assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33896866381962,"sku":"20-28-40(2\/4)","price":175.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_2_0.9_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1733456929"},{"product_id":"2000mm-steel-workbench-500kg","title":"Workbench 2m*0.95m*0.6m 500KG(Steel)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2m Steel Workbench with 2 Adjustable Shelves – 500kg Load Capacity for Garage \u0026amp; Warehouse\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2m-wide heavy-duty steel workbench offers exceptional strength, workspace flexibility, and durability—ideal for workshops, garages, and warehouse environments. With two adjustable layers and a 250kg load capacity per shelf (500kg total), it provides a stable and practical surface for tools, materials, and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder-coated black steel frame ensures corrosion resistance and long-term reliability. Its adjustable shelf height allows you to configure the layout based on your tools or task needs, whether for packing, repair, or general-purpose use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently transitioning our workbench height from \u003c\/span\u003e0.95 m (H) to 1.05 m (H). \u003cspan\u003eIf you may purchase additional workbenches in the future, we recommend choosing the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1.05 m (H) version\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e so they will match in height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty steel construction with black powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × shelves, each with 250kg load capacity (500kg total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelf heights for flexible workspace setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious 2m-wide surface for large items or tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for warehouse, garage, workshop, or commercial workstation use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-940mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright 0.94m\"\u003e0.95m(H) Uprights\u003c\/a\u003e \/ 1.05m(H) Uprights\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"shelf 2mx0.6m heavy-duty\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Add-Ons\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mdf-bench-top-2000l\" title=\"mdf bench top\"\u003eTimber Worktop\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently in the process of changing our black MDF to wood timber. \u003cstrong\u003eAll 2 m units are now supplied with timber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, as the black MDF version is no longer available.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"shelf 2mx0.6m heavy-duty\"\u003eExtra Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/castor-wheels-with-brake-4-hole-mounting-model-for-workbench\" title=\"4-hole workbench castor wheels\"\u003eCastor Wheels with Brakes\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 x \u003ca href=\"\/products\/drawer-double-as3\" title=\"drawer double AS3\"\u003eDouble Drawers\u003c\/a\u003e or 3 x \u003ca href=\"\/products\/drawer-single-as2\" title=\"drawer single AS2\"\u003eSingle Drawers\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm (W) × 950mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matte Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by a 2-Year warranty and 100% satisfaction guarantee. Full details available on our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade your workspace with a sturdy and adjustable workbench.\u003c\/strong\u003e Explore our full \u003ca title=\"workbench collection\" href=\"\/collections\/workbenches\"\u003eWorkbench Collection \u003c\/a\u003eor \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit our showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e to find the right fit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Standard \/ 0.95m(H)","offer_id":43774980489378,"sku":"18-26(2\/4)-38(2\/4)","price":120.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Standard \/ 1.05m(H)","offer_id":50579473268898,"sku":"18T-26(2\/4)-38(2\/4)","price":120.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Wheels \/ 0.95m(H)","offer_id":43774980522146,"sku":"18-26(2\/4)-38(2\/4)-WHEEL4","price":160.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Wheels \/ 1.05m(H)","offer_id":50579473301666,"sku":"18T-26(2\/4)-38(2\/4)-WHEEL4","price":160.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Timber Top \/ 0.95m(H)","offer_id":43774980554914,"sku":"18-26(2\/4)-38(2\/4)-TIM2","price":208.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Timber Top \/ 1.05m(H)","offer_id":50579473334434,"sku":"18T-26(2\/4)-38(2\/4)-TIM2","price":208.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Wheels \u0026 Timber Top \/ 0.95m(H)","offer_id":43774980587682,"sku":"18-26(2\/4)-38(2\/4)-WHEEL4-TIM2","price":248.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Wheels \u0026 Timber Top \/ 1.05m(H)","offer_id":50579473367202,"sku":"18T-26(2\/4)-38(2\/4)-WHEEL4-TIM2","price":248.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB2m.jpg?v=1777770863"},{"product_id":"work-bench-1-5m-0-9m-0-6m","title":"Workbench 1.5m*0.95m*0.6m 500KG(Steel)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e1.5m Steel Workbench with 2 Adjustable Shelves – 500kg Load Capacity for Garage \u0026amp; Warehouse\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1.5m-wide heavy-duty steel workbench offers exceptional strength, workspace flexibility, and durability—ideal for workshops, garages, and warehouse environments. With two adjustable layers and a 250kg load capacity per shelf (500kg total), it provides a stable and practical surface for tools, materials, and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder-coated black steel frame ensures corrosion resistance and long-term reliability. Its adjustable shelf height allows you to configure the layout based on your tools or task needs, whether for packing, repair, or general-purpose use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently transitioning our workbench height from \u003c\/span\u003e0.95 m (H) to 1.05 m (H). \u003cspan\u003eIf you may purchase additional workbenches in the future, we recommend choosing the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1.05 m (H) version\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e so they will match in height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty steel construction with black powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × shelves, each with 250kg load capacity (500kg total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelf heights for flexible workspace setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious 1.5m-wide surface for large items or tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for warehouse, garage, workshop, or commercial workstation use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-940mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright 0.94m\"\u003e0.95m(H) Uprights\u003c\/a\u003e \/ 1.05m(H) Uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"shelf 1.5mx0.6m heavy-duty\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Add-Ons\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mdf-bench-top-1500l\" title=\"mdf bench top 1.5m\"\u003eMDF Worktop for 1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently in the process of changing our black MDF to wood timber. During the transition period (August–December 2026), you may receive either the black MDF or timber version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a preference, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"contact us\"\u003elet us know\u003c\/a\u003e before placing your order, and we'll do our best to accommodate your request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"shelf 1.5mx0.6m heavy-duty\"\u003eExtra Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/castor-wheels-with-brake-4-hole-mounting-model-for-workbench\" title=\"4-hole workbench castor wheels\"\u003eCastor Wheels with Brakes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500mm (W) × 950mm (H) × 600mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matte Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by a 2-Year warranty and 100% satisfaction guarantee. Full details available on our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade your workspace with a sturdy and adjustable workbench.\u003c\/strong\u003e Explore our full \u003ca title=\"workbench collection\" href=\"\/collections\/workbenches\"\u003eWorkbench Collection \u003c\/a\u003eor \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit our showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e to find the right fit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Standard \/ 0.95m(H)","offer_id":43774956732578,"sku":"18-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)","price":110.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Standard \/ 1.05m(H)","offer_id":50579465961634,"sku":"18T-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)","price":110.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Wheels \/ 0.95m(H)","offer_id":43774956765346,"sku":"18-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)-WHEEL4","price":150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Wheels \/ 1.05m(H)","offer_id":50579465994402,"sku":"18T-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)-WHEEL4","price":150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Work Top \/ 0.95m(H)","offer_id":43774956798114,"sku":"18-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)-MDF1.5","price":180.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Work Top \/ 1.05m(H)","offer_id":50579466027170,"sku":"18T-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)-TIM1.5","price":180.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Wheels \u0026 Work Top \/ 0.95m(H)","offer_id":43774956830882,"sku":"18-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)-WHEEL4-MDF1.5","price":220.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Wheels \u0026 Work Top \/ 1.05m(H)","offer_id":50579466059938,"sku":"18T-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)-WHEEL4-TIM1.5","price":220.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB1.5m.jpg?v=1777770745"},{"product_id":"4m-2m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*2m*0.5m 1200KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 2m x 0.5m LongSpan Metal Shelving 1200KG 2-bays Storage Rack | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4‑metre tall regular‑duty \u003cstrong\u003eLongSpan metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit is a complete \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2‑bays storage rack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e system, engineered for high‑ceiling double garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 1200kg total load capacity and 150kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across 4 tiers per bay, this tall longspan rack unlocks 200mm of extra vertical storage compared to standard 1.8m models, making full use of unused upper wall space for seasonal items, bulky equipment and stacked storage tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 4m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-2m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4m LongSpan 2‑Bays Integrated Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide bays joined by one shared central upright, forming a seamless 4m continuous metal shelving run. The shared upright design creates a gap‑free built‑in look and reduces overall cost compared to two separate standalone units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed per bay), 4 tiers across two bays for 1200kg total load, suitable for everyday garage tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Extra Tall Vertical Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200mm taller than standard 1.8m high racks, maximising storage volume in high‑ceiling spaces and accommodating taller items like vacuum cleaners, step ladders and long‑handled gardening tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 8 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately, so you can customise height configurations on each bay to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Metal Build\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade carbon steel frame with black powder‑coated finish, resistant to scratches, dust and minor stains, built for long‑term indoor use in garages and workshops.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding 2‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 2 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 2‑bay longspan metal shelving (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4m 2‑bay tall longspan metal shelving system is the ideal choice if you have a high‑ceiling double garage with a roughly 4‑metre long blank wall, and want extra vertical storage capacity beyond standard height racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2m height makes full use of typical Australian garage ceiling space, adding significantly more total storage volume than 1.8m tall models, while the 4m width covers a large wall section in one seamless unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e1.8m tall 4m longspan model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-2m-0-6m-1600kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.6m deep tall longspan range\u003c\/a\u003e if you need extra front‑to‑back depth for oversized storage tubs and heavy tool chests. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat are the benefits of a 2‑bay longspan system over two separate single bays? \u003cbr\u003eA 2‑bay longspan unit shares one central upright instead of using two separate end uprights. This lowers total cost, reduces installation time and creates a gap‑free continuous shelf surface with a cleaner, more integrated appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat minimum ceiling height do I need for this 2m tall metal shelving? \u003cbr\u003eWe recommend at least 2.1m of clear internal ceiling height to leave a small safety gap above the rack and allow safe placement and removal of items on the top shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to this 2‑bay rack later on?\u003cbr\u003e Yes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs the 2m tall 4m long system stable when fully loaded? \u003cbr\u003eNo. The extended 4m base footprint creates a wide, stable foundation, and the reinforced cross bracing is engineered for 2m height. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter, less frequently used goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33913706184842,"sku":"11(1\u00261\/2)-23X2-33X2","price":335.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932776"},{"product_id":"4m-2m-0-6m-1600kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*2m*0.6m 1600KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 2m x 0.6m Tall Deep Longspan Shelving Add-On Bay 1600kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4‑metre wide regular‑duty tall deep longspan add‑on bay is built for long, high‑ceiling walls in Australian garages, large sheds and light commercial workshops, combining extended horizontal coverage, extra vertical capacity and deep front‑to‑back storage in one connected system.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt joins \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with one shared central upright, delivering 1600kg total load capacity — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across 4 tiers per bay. The 2m extra height unlocks unused upper wall space, while the 0.6m extended depth fully supports oversized storage tubs and heavy tool chests. The shared upright design reduces costs and creates a seamless, gap‑free storage run with a clean built‑in look.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis connecting unit must be paired with a matching 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) starter bay to form a complete freestanding shelving system, and is fully compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving in our range.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring 2000kg heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/4m-2m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range for commercial‑grade strength\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Tall + 0.6m Deep + 4m Longspan Add‑On Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The largest regular‑capacity connecting size for high‑ceiling spaces. It adds 200mm of vertical storage compared to 1.8m tall models, plus 100mm extra depth compared to standard 0.5m deep racks, all in a seamless connected format.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1600kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed per bay), 4 tiers across two bays for 1600kg total load, ideal for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and seasonal household goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 8 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately, so you can customise height configurations on each 2m section to fit tall equipment, bulky tubs and small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint, improving balance and tilt resistance even at 2m height with fully loaded upper shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range, so you can keep extending your tall deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 ×\u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003e steel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 2‑bay system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 2 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd‑on \/ connecting unit (requires starter bay for standalone use)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4m × 2m × 0.6m longspan shelving system is the optimal choice if you have a high‑ceiling double garage with a long empty wall, and want a seamless continuous storage solution with maximum volume per unit.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 4m width covers a large wall section in one unit, creating a clean gap‑free look. The 2m height makes full use of standard Australian garage ceiling space, while the 0.6m depth ensures large 100L+ storage tubs sit completely on the shelf with no dangerous overhang.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-1600kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e1.8m tall deep longspan model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-2m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.5m standard depth range\u003c\/a\u003e if walkway space is very limited. For even longer walls, you can add extra add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this 4m unit a complete standalone system, or do I need extra parts?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis is a full freestanding 2‑bay system with 3 upright frames. It stands on its own right out of the box, and you do not need to purchase a separate starter bay. You can also add more add‑on bays later if you want to extend the run.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow much extra storage does the 2m tall version offer compared to the 1.8m model?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 2m tall unit adds 200mm of vertical space per bay. This translates to taller compartment gaps for bulky equipment, or the option to add an extra shelf tier for lighter items, significantly increasing total storage volume.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill the 2m height make the long 4m system less stable?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo. The 0.6m deep base creates a wide, stable footprint, and the reinforced cross bracing is engineered for 2m height. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I add more bays to this 4m system later on?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914028753034,"sku":"14(1\u00261\/2)-23X2-35X2","price":345.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_2_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1718945763"},{"product_id":"4m-2m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*2m*0.6m 2000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m 2m Tall Heavy-Duty Connecting Shelving 2000kg long‑span storage | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4‑metre \u003cstrong\u003elong‑span heavy‑duty connecting shelving unit\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers seamless continuous heavy‑capacity storage for 4‑metre garage walls, workshop bays and utility spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\"\u003etwo 2m‑wide heavy‑duty bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e sharing a single central upright, forming a gap‑free long‑span system that looks cleaner and costs less than assembling two separate single bays. With 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 2000kg total capacity, this 0.6m deep unit handles bulky tools, heavy parts and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty shelving cannot support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with the same reinforced steel construction as our single bay units, it maintains full strength and stability across the full 4m span. It works as a complete standalone storage run, or can be extended with additional matching bays for longer wall‑to‑wall configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4m Seamless Long‑Span Dual‑Bay Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide heavy‑duty bays joined by a shared central upright, creating a continuous gap‑free 4m storage run. Cleaner built‑in appearance and better value than two separate single bay units, with no wasted space between bays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000kg Total Heavy‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 8 tiers, delivering 2000kg total system capacity engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving, fully accommodating large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 8 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately at different heights, so you can customise height configurations on each bay to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) deliver robust, stable structure across the full 4m span, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Extendable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a complete standalone 4m storage run, or extends seamlessly with matching 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build longer custom storage systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eSteel upright frames (2.0m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete 2‑bay connecting shelving unit. It can be used standalone, or extended with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 4m (W) × 2.0m (H) × 0.6m (D) (actual width: 3.92m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 adjustable shelves (4 tiers per bay)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m wide bays, shared central upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty long‑span connecting shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4m long‑span heavy‑duty connecting shelving unit is ideal if you have a roughly 4‑metre long wall and want a seamless continuous heavy‑storage solution, rather than separate single bay units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shared central upright creates a clean gap‑free look and reduces overall cost compared to buying two separate 2m bays, while delivering the same full 250kg per shelf load rating across the entire span. The 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\"\u003e2m single heavy‑duty bay\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a shorter wall or want to build your own custom length. Opt for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eour longer 5m+ connecting shelving systems\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a wider wall and want a complete pre‑configured run. Go for our 0.5m standard depth regular‑duty connecting shelving if you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the advantage of this connecting unit vs. two separate 2m single bays?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e This 4m connecting unit shares one central upright instead of using two separate end uprights. This creates a seamless gap‑free storage run, gives a cleaner built‑in appearance, reduces total part count and lowers overall cost, while maintaining the full 250kg per shelf load rating across both bays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I extend this 4m unit with more bays later on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. The unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add 1.2m, 1.5m or 2m wide bays to either end to build a custom‑length system that fits your wall exactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the shared central upright reduce the load capacity? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The shared central upright is engineered to carry the full load from both adjacent bays. Each shelf still supports its full 250kg rated capacity (evenly distributed), right up to the central upright, with no reduction in strength across the join.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIs this unit suitable for commercial workshop use? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The reinforced steel frame and powder‑coated corrosion‑resistant finish are designed for both home garage and light commercial workshop environments, with a total 2000kg load rating suited for heavy tools, parts and inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914037862538,"sku":"16(1\u00261\/2)-26X2-38X2","price":360.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718859776"},{"product_id":"5m-2m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*2m*0.5m 2200KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 2m x 0.5m Tall 3-Bay Longspan Shelving Add-On 2200kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5‑metre wide, 2‑metre tall regular‑duty longspan shelving system features a 3‑bay mixed‑width layout, combining two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and one \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with shared central uprights to deliver seamless zoned storage for long, high‑ceiling walls in Australian garages and workshops.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 2200kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf in the 1.5m bays, and 150kg per shelf in the 2m bay — this tall longspan rack unlocks extra vertical storage space while supporting flexible organisation: narrower bays for heavy tools and sorted parts, wider bays for bulky storage tubs and seasonal items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall 3‑Bay Mixed‑Width Longspan Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines two 1.5m bays and one 2m bay with two shared central uprights, forming a seamless 5m continuous storage run at 2m height. The mixed widths enable targeted zoned organisation, and the extra height unlocks unused upper wall space for more storage volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2200kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf in 1.5m bays and 150kg per shelf in the 2m bay (all evenly distributed), 4 tiers per bay for 2200kg total load, ideal for household tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each zone, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability at 2m height. The shared upright design and extended overall footprint further reinforce balance across the full 5m length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg (1.5m bays, evenly distributed)\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n150kg (2m bay, evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.5m bays + 1 × 2m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5m × 2m 3‑bay longspan shelving system is the optimal choice if you have a roughly 5‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and want both flexible zoned organisation and extra vertical storage capacity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 2m height makes full use of standard Australian garage ceiling space, adding significantly more total storage volume than 1.8m tall models. The mixed‑width layout lets you dedicate narrower bays to heavy tools and parts, and the wider bay to large storage tubs and bulky gear — all in one seamless, gap‑free run.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e1.8m tall 5m 3‑bay model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.6m deep longspan range\u003c\/a\u003e if you need extra depth for oversized containers. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow does this 2m tall version differ from the 1.8m tall 5m 3‑bay shelving?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model adds 200mm of vertical height per bay. It creates taller compartment gaps for bulky equipment, or allows you to add an extra shelf tier for lighter items, noticeably increasing total storage volume across the full 5m length.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs a 5m long 2m tall system stable when fully loaded?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. The extended 5m base footprint and reinforced cross bracing are engineered for stability at this height. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter, less frequently used goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow should I organise the mixed‑width bays for best use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eA common practical layout is to use the 2m wide bay for large storage tubs, gardening equipment and bulky items, and use the two 1.5m bays for sorted tool kits, spare parts and smaller organised containers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I add more bays to this 5m system later?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different heights and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised long‑wall garage storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving units come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914047430794,"sku":"11X2-22X2-32X2-23-33","price":435.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932796"},{"product_id":"5m-2m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*2m*0.6m 2400KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 2m x 0.6m 3-Bay Longspan Shelving Deep Storage Rack 2400kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5m-wide connecting unit combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\" title=\"1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone \u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5‑metre tall deep regular‑duty 3‑bay longspan shelving system combines two \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.5m bays\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and one\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2m bay\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e with shared central uprights, delivering maximum three‑dimensional storage volume for long, high‑ceiling walls in Australian garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2400kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf on every tier — this tall deep longspan rack pairs 2m of vertical height with 0.6m of extended front‑to‑back depth, fully accommodating oversized Australian storage tubs, wide tool chests and tall bulky equipment. The mixed‑width layout enables flexible zoned organisation, with narrower sections for heavy parts and wider sections for large bulky items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eN\u003cstrong\u003eote:\u003c\/strong\u003e For industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"list-style-type: none;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall + Deep 3‑Bay Mixed‑Width Max Volume Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines 2m extra vertical height, 0.6m extended depth and a 3‑bay mixed layout in one 5m continuous system. The three‑dimensional design maximises storage capacity per wall section, holding more items than shorter or shallower longspan models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2400kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 2400kg total load capacity suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each zone, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint, improving balance and tilt resistance even at 2m height with fully loaded front‑heavy shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"list-style-type: none;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"extra shelf\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"1.5m extra shelf\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\" title=\"2m extra shelf\"\u003e2m(W) steel Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.5m bays + 1 × 2m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5m × 2m × 0.6m tall deep 3‑bay longspan shelving system is the best choice if you have a roughly 5‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and want maximum total storage volume with both extra vertical space and extra front‑to‑back depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2m height adds significant vertical capacity compared to 1.8m tall models, while the 0.6m extended depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no dangerous overhang. The mixed‑width layout lets you dedicate different bays to different item types for cleaner organisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e1.8m tall 5m deep 3‑bay model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e2m tall 5m standard depth model\u003c\/a\u003e if walkway space is very limited and you do not need extra depth. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow is this different from the 5m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep 3‑bay shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 200mm of vertical height per bay. It creates taller compartment gaps for bulky equipment, or allows you to add an extra shelf tier for lighter items, noticeably increasing total storage volume across the full 5m length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this and the 5m × 2m × 0.5m tall 3‑bay shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth to every shelf. It is built to fully hold oversized 100L+ storage tubs and wide heavy tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs the 2m tall + 0.6m deep combination stable when fully loaded?\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 0.6m deep base creates a wide, stable footprint, and the reinforced cross bracing is engineered for 2m height. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I connect this system with my existing 0.5m deep shelving?\u003cbr\u003eNo, the depth must match for proper frame alignment and secure connection. This unit is only compatible with 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames from our range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914086064266,"sku":"14X2-22X2-34X2-23-35","price":450.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_2_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1718945799"},{"product_id":"5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*2m*0.6m 3000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 2m x 0.6m Mixed-Bay Long-Span Connecting Metal Shelving 300KG\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5‑metre \u003cstrong\u003emixed‑bay long‑span connecting metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers seamless continuous heavy‑capacity storage with versatile mixed compartment sizes for 5‑metre garage walls, workshop bays and utility spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003etwo 1.5m(W) side bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\"\u003eone 2m(W) central bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e sharing two central uprights, forming a gap‑free long‑span system that looks cleaner and costs less than assembling multiple separate single bays. The mixed‑width layout lets you store smaller heavy parts and tools in the side bays and larger bulky equipment in the wider central bay, all in one continuous run. With 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 3000kg total capacity, this 0.6m deep unit handles heavy parts, cartons and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty shelving cannot support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with the same reinforced steel construction as our single bay units, it maintains full strength and stability across the full 5m span. It works as a complete standalone storage run, or can be extended with additional matching bays for longer wall‑to‑wall configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5m Seamless Long‑Span Mixed‑Bay Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 1.5m side bays flank one 2m central bay, joined by shared central uprights to create a continuous gap‑free 5m storage run. The mixed‑width layout offers versatile compartment sizes for both small heavy parts and large bulky items, more flexible than uniform‑bay designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving, fully accommodating large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 12 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately at different heights, so you can customise height configurations per bay to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) deliver robust, stable structure across the full 5m span, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Extendable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a complete standalone 5m storage run, or extends seamlessly with matching 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build longer custom storage systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eSteel upright frames (2.0m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: This is a complete 3‑bay connecting shelving unit. It can be used standalone, or extended with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5m (W) × 2.0m (H) × 0.6m (D) (actual width: 4.84m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers per bay)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.5m side bays + 1 × 2m central bay, shared central uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty long‑span connecting shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5m mixed‑bay long‑span connecting metal shelving unit is ideal if you have a roughly 5‑metre long wall and want a seamless continuous heavy‑storage solution with mixed compartment sizes for different item types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixed‑width layout is more versatile than uniform‑bay designs: narrower side bays work for sorted parts, tools and smaller containers, while the wider central bay accommodates large tool chests, bulky equipment and full‑size storage tubs. The shared central uprights create a clean gap‑free look and reduce overall cost compared to buying three separate single bays, while delivering the same full 250kg per shelf load rating across the entire span.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-2m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m dual‑bay connecting unit\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a narrower wall and prefer uniform wide compartments. Opt for individual single bays if you want to build a fully custom length and layout. Go for our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-0-5m-deep-1\"\u003e0.5m standard depth regular‑duty connecting shelving\u003c\/a\u003e if you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 5m mixed‑bay unit and the 4m dual‑bay connecting shelving? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis 5m unit has three bays in a mixed 1.5m + 2m + 1.5m layout, offering more compartment variety for mixed item sizes. The 4m unit has two uniform 2m wide bays for consistent large‑item storage. Both share the same heavy‑duty 250kg per shelf load rating and 0.6m depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the advantage of a mixed‑bay layout?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A mixed‑width layout lets you organise different sized items efficiently in one continuous run. Narrower side bays keep small parts, tools and sorted items organised, while the wider central bay handles large bulky equipment that won’t fit in narrower compartments. It avoids wasted space from using all‑wide bays for small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDo the shared central uprights reduce the load capacity? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Each shared central upright is engineered to carry the full load from both adjacent bays. Every shelf still supports its full 250kg rated capacity (evenly distributed) right up to the upright, with no reduction in strength across any join.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I add more bays to extend this 5m unit later? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add 1.2m, 1.5m or 2m wide bays to either end to build a custom‑length system that fits your wall exactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914105757834,"sku":"16X2-25X2-37X2-26-38","price":470.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_2_0.6_1000kg_38185451-7ff6-41b6-8e14-8f6d07f3b9b7.jpg?v=1718866208"},{"product_id":"5-2m-2m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.2m*2m*0.5m 1500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.2m x 2m x 0.5m Connecting Shelving Workbench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting shelving workbench combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etwo 1.2m(W) shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops and warehouse applications, this configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load capacity and flexible shelf adjustment for all kinds of tools and storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed), offering solid performance for bulky tools, parts and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e All four tiers can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for strength, corrosion resistance and a professional finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000mm-500mm\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e1.2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5100mm (W) × 2000mm (H) × 500mm (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" title=\"5.2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit our showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914119094410,"sku":"11X2-23X2-33X2-21(2\/4)-31(2\/4)","price":390.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.2_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718933104"},{"product_id":"5-2m-2m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.2m*2m*0.6m 2500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.2m x 2m Metal Shelving Bench – Optional Pegboard | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting shelving workbench combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\" title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etwo 1.2m(W) shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops and warehouse applications, this configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load capacity and flexible shelf adjustment for all kinds of tools and storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Load Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports up to 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed), offering solid performance for bulky tools, parts and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e All four tiers can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Steel Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-grade powder-coated steel for strength, corrosion resistance and a professional finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench Option:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be fitted with an MDF benchtop for a smooth working surface, transforming it into a practical modular workstation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"upright-2000mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Add-Ons\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mdf-bench-top-for-1200l\" title=\"mdf bench top 1.2m\"\u003eMDF Worktop 1.2m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently in the process of changing our black MDF to wood timber. During the transition period (August–December 2026), you may receive either the black MDF or timber version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a preference, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"contact us\"\u003elet us know\u003c\/a\u003e before placing your order, and we'll do our best to accommodate your request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5.2m (W) × 2.0m (H) × 0.6m (D) (actual width: 5.04m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Benchtop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m wide (MDF \/ timber transition period applies)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 adjustable shelves (4 tiers per side bay, 2 tiers in central work bay)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m side storage bays + 1 × 1.2m central work bay, shared uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty long‑span shelving bench (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.2m heavy‑duty metal shelving bench is ideal if you want a combined storage and workstation solution for your garage or workshop, rather than separate shelving and a standalone workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated design saves floor space by combining storage and work surface in one continuous unit, with heavy tools and parts stored right beside your work area for efficient workflow. The 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on shelves with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our standard \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m heavy‑duty connecting shelving\u003c\/a\u003e if you only need storage and no dedicated work surface. Opt for a smaller shelving bench configuration if you have a narrower wall. Go for our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-0-5m-deep-1\"\u003e0.5m standard depth regular‑duty shelving bench\u003c\/a\u003e if you only need lighter everyday storage and lighter work loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this shelving bench and a standard connecting shelving unit? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis unit has a central 1.2m work bay designed for an optional benchtop, creating an integrated workstation alongside storage. Standard connecting shelving units are built for storage only, with no dedicated work bay. Both share the same 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating and 0.6m depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the optional benchtop hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The benchtop is designed for general workshop tasks, light assembly and hand tool use. For heavy hammer work or vice operations, we recommend reinforcing the work bay or using a dedicated heavy‑duty workbench. Evenly distributed light to medium workshop loads are suitable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat benchtop materials are available? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe are currently transitioning from black MDF to natural timber benchtops (August–December 2026). You may receive either version during this period. If you have a specific preference, please let us know when placing your order and we will do our best to accommodate your request.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I extend this unit with additional storage bays later? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add bays to either end to expand storage capacity while keeping the central work bay in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5.2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" href=\"\/collections\/5-2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit our showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914131808394,"sku":"16X2-26X2-38X2-24(2\/4)-36(2\/4)","price":440.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.2_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718865724"},{"product_id":"5-5m-2m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.5m*2m*0.6m 2500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 2m x 0.6m Connecting Shelving Workbench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre heavy‑duty long‑span \u003cstrong\u003emetal shelving bench\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers a spacious all‑in‑one storage and workstation solution for larger garages, workshops and utility spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\"\u003etwo 2m(W) heavy‑duty shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003etwo 1.5m(W) shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation.The wider central work area provides 300mm more operating space than the 5.2m model, giving you room for larger workpieces, multiple tools and project layouts right alongside your stored parts. With 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and a 2500kg total system capacity, this 0.6m deep unit handles bulky tools, heavy parts and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty units cannot support. The central bay can be fitted with an optional benchtop, creating a flat, practical work surface integrated with your storage for efficient workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops and warehouse applications, this configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load capacity and flexible shelf adjustment for all kinds of tools and storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra‑Wide Integrated Shelving + Workstation Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m side storage bays flank a 1.5m wide central work bay, integrated into one seamless long‑span unit. 300mm wider work area than the 5.2m model, with ample space for larger workpieces, tool layouts and assembly tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2500kg Total Heavy‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 10 tiers, delivering 2500kg total system capacity engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving, fully accommodating large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Wide Benchtop Upgrade\u003c\/strong\u003e: The central bay can be fitted with a 1.5m wide MDF worktop for a smooth, solid working surface. Note: During the August–December 2026 transition period, benchtops may be supplied in either black MDF or natural timber. Please advise your preference at time of order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 10 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately at different heights, so you can customise storage heights on each side bay and set work surface levels to suit your workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) deliver robust, stable structure across the full 5.5m span, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Extendable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a complete standalone workstation, or extends seamlessly with matching 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build larger custom storage and work systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eSteel upright frames (2.0m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Add-Ons\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mdf-bench-top-1500l\" title=\"mdf bench top 1.5m\"\u003eMDF Worktop 1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently in the process of changing our black MDF to wood timber. During the transition period (August–December 2026), you may receive either the black MDF or timber version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a preference, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"contact us\"\u003elet us know\u003c\/a\u003e before placing your order, and we'll do our best to accommodate your request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5.5m (W) × 2.0m (H) × 0.6m (D) (actual width: 5.34m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Benchtop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5m wide (MDF \/ timber transition period applies)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 adjustable shelves (4 tiers per side bay, 2 tiers in central work bay)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m side storage bays + 1 × 1.5m wide central work bay, shared uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty long‑span shelving bench (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m heavy‑duty metal shelving bench is ideal if you want a combined storage and workstation solution with a more spacious work area for larger projects, tools and workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extra‑wide 1.5m central work bay provides significantly more operating room than narrower workbench models, while the integrated design saves floor space by combining storage and work surface in one continuous unit. Heavy tools and parts are stored right beside your work area for efficient workflow. The 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on shelves with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-2m-2m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m shelving bench\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a narrower wall and don’t need the extra work space. Opt for a standard \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m heavy‑duty connecting shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e if you only need storage and no dedicated work surface. Go for our 0.5m standard depth regular‑duty shelving bench if you only need lighter everyday storage and lighter work loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 5.5m model and the 5.2m shelving bench? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model has a 1.5m wide central work bay – 300mm wider than the 5.2m model’s 1.2m work area. The extra width gives you more room for larger workpieces, multiple hand tools and project layouts, making it better suited for bigger workshop tasks. Both share the same heavy‑duty 250kg per shelf load rating and 0.6m depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the 1.5m benchtop support? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe benchtop is designed for general workshop tasks, light assembly and hand tool use. For heavy hammer work, vice operations or heavy static loads, we recommend reinforcing the work bay or using a dedicated heavy‑duty workbench. Evenly distributed light to medium workshop loads are suitable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat benchtop materials are available? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe are currently transitioning from black MDF to natural timber benchtops (August–December 2026). You may receive either version during this period. If you have a specific preference, please let us know when placing your order and we will do our best to accommodate your request.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I extend this unit with additional storage bays later? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add bays to either end to expand storage capacity while keeping the central work bay in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.5m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit our showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914136789130,"sku":"16X2-26X2-38X2-25(2\/4)-37(2\/4)","price":450.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.5_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718865688"},{"product_id":"5-5m-2m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.5m*2m*0.5m 1500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 2m x 0.5m Tall Central Workstation Longspan Shelving 1500kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting shelving workbench combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-500d\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etwo 1.5m(W) shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation for high‑ceiling Australian garages, home workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 150kg per evenly distributed shelf and a 1500kg total system capacity, this 2m tall configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load performance and flexible shelf adjustment. It pairs generous vertical bulk storage for tools, parts and equipment on both sides with a spacious central flat work surface for assembly, preparation and everyday tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage and workstation run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eExplore more modular configurations in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.5m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e, or visit our showroom for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Tall Longspan Dual‑Storage Wide‑Workstation Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide storage bays flank a spacious 1.5m central workstation, joined by shared uprights to form a seamless 5.5m continuous system. The 2m extra height unlocks additional vertical storage, while the wider central section delivers a more generous work surface than compact 5.2m models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 10 tiers, delivering 1500kg total load capacity suitable for bulky tools, spare parts, storage tubs and workshop equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All shelves across every section can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade powder‑coated steel construction for superior strength, corrosion resistance and a clean professional finish, built for long‑term use in garage and workshop environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 ×\u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003e steel upright frames (2.0m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding longspan shelving bench system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 2.0m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all sections)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSection Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m storage bays + 1 × 1.5m central workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete tall longspan shelving bench system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 2.0m tall shelving bench system is the ideal choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and want a single integrated unit that combines high‑capacity vertical storage with a spacious central flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m side bays provide plenty of tall shelf space for storage tubs, tools and equipment, while the 1.5m wider central section creates a generous flat zone for assembly, repairs or everyday tasks. The 2m height makes full use of high garage ceilings, adding significantly more total storage volume than standard 1.8m tall models. The shared upright design reduces overall cost and creates a seamless, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone shelving and work tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-2m-2m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m standard‑height shelving bench\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings and a more compact work space. Opt for\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5500mm-shelving-workbench-with-pegboards\"\u003e our pegboard workbench range\u003c\/a\u003e if you want vertical tool hanging instead of a flat work surface. For longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 2m tall model and the 5.2m standard shelving bench? \u003cbr\u003eThis 5.5m model is 200mm taller and has a wider 1.5m central workstation. The extra height adds significant vertical storage volume for taller items or an extra shelf tier, while the wider work surface provides more space for assembly and repair tasks. The 5.2m model has a compact 1.2m central section and 1.8m total height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat is the benefit of a 2m tall workbench system? \u003cbr\u003eA 2m height makes full use of typical Australian garage ceiling space, unlocking unused upper wall area for seasonal items, bulky equipment and stacked storage tubs. It adds roughly 11% more total storage volume compared to standard 1.8m tall systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I adjust the height of the central work surface? \u003cbr\u003eYes. All shelves, including the central workstation shelves, are fully adjustable. You can set the work surface at your preferred working height, and adjust the storage shelves around it to match your workflow and item sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to extend the system later? \u003cbr\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage and workstation run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different configurations and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised garage and workshop layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving and workstation systems come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914143309962,"sku":"11X2-23X2-33X2-22(2\/4)-32(2\/4)","price":410.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.5_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932884"},{"product_id":"5-5m-2m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*2m*0.5m 2000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 2m X 0.5m 3-Bay Storage Rack longspan shelving 2000kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre tall regular‑duty longspan shelving system features a wide‑dominant 3‑bay layout, combining two \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e and one \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e(W) \u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003ebay\u003c\/a\u003e with shared central uprights, engineered for extra‑long high‑ceiling walls in Australian double garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2000kg total load capacity across all three bays — 150kg per evenly‑loaded shelf in the 2m bays, and 200kg per shelf in the 1.5m bay — this tall longspan rack prioritises wide storage space for oversized plastic tubs and bulky equipment, while the 2m extra height unlocks upper wall space for seasonal and infrequently used items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2m Tall + 5.5m Extra Long Wide‑Dominant Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines 200mm of extra vertical height with a 3‑bay layout led by two 2m wide bays, forming a seamless 5.5m continuous storage run. The dual wide bays offer generous space for large bulky items, while the added height maximises total storage volume in high‑ceiling spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf in 2m bays and 200kg per shelf in the 1.5m bay (all evenly distributed), 4 tiers per bay for 2000kg total load, suitable for household tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each bay, creating tall gaps for long‑handled equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability across the full 5.5m length, even at 2m height. The extended base footprint and shared upright design further reinforce overall balance and tilt resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-500mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × 2m \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg (2m bays, evenly distributed)200kg (1.5m bay, evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m bays + 1 × 1.5m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 2m 3‑bay tall longspan shelving system is the optimal choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and your storage needs are focused on large tubs and bulky items with extra vertical capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m wide bays give you more continuous wide shelf space for oversized storage containers and big equipment, while the 2m height makes full use of standard Australian double garage ceiling space, adding significantly more total storage volume than 1.8m tall models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-5m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e1.8m tall 5.5m wide‑dominant model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have lower ceilings. Opt for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eour 5m 3‑bay tall model\u003c\/a\u003e if your wall is slightly shorter. For extra front‑to‑back depth for oversized containers, explore our 0.6m deep longspan range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow does this 2m tall version differ from the 1.8m tall 5.5m wide‑dominant shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 200mm of vertical height per bay. It creates taller compartment gaps for bulky equipment, or allows you to add an extra shelf tier for lighter items, significantly increasing total storage volume across the full 5.5m length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill this 5.5m tall unit fit along the back wall of a standard Australian double garage?\u003cbr\u003eMost standard Australian double garages have an internal width of 5.5–6m and a ceiling height of 2.4m+. This unit fits neatly along the full back wall with side clearance, and the 2m height leaves comfortable space above for safe access to the top shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs the long 5.5m frame stable at 2m height when fully loaded?\u003cbr\u003eYes. The extended 5.5m base footprint and reinforced cross bracing are engineered for stability at this height. For maximum safety, always place heavier items on lower shelves and lighter, less frequently used goods on upper tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to make the system even longer later?\u003cbr\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 2m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different heights and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised extra‑long high‑ceiling storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving units come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914154090634,"sku":"11X2-23X2-33X2-22-32","price":465.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_2_0.5.jpg?v=1718932812"},{"product_id":"5-5m-2m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*2m*0.6m 2400KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 2m x 0.6m Tall Wide-Dominant Deep Longspan Shelving 2400kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre tall deep regular‑duty wide‑dominant longspan shelving system combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\" title=\"1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black-2\"\u003e1.5m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with shared central uprights, delivering maximum three‑dimensional storage volume for extra‑long high‑ceiling walls in Australian double garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2400kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf on every tier — this tall deep longspan rack pairs 2m of vertical height with 0.6m of extended front‑to‑back depth, fully accommodating oversized Australian storage tubs, wide tool chests and tall bulky equipment. The dual wide‑bay layout prioritises space for large bulky items, with a narrower bay for sorted parts and smaller accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: For industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall + Deep + 5.5m Wide‑Dominant Max Volume Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines 2m extra vertical height, 0.6m extended depth and a 3‑bay layout led by two 2m wide bays, forming a seamless 5.5m continuous storage run. The three‑dimensional design maximises storage capacity per wall section, holding more items than shorter, shallower or narrower longspan models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2400kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 2400kg total load capacity suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each bay, creating tall gaps for long‑handled equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Tall Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability across the full 5.5m length. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint, improving balance and tilt resistance even at 2m height with fully loaded front‑heavy shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-2000mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (2m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 2m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m bays + 1 × 1.5m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 2m × 0.6m tall deep wide‑dominant longspan shelving system is the optimal choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall with good ceiling height, and want maximum total storage volume with both extra vertical space and extra front‑to‑back depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2m height adds significant vertical capacity compared to 1.8m tall models, while the 0.6m extended depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no dangerous overhang. The dual 2m wide bays give you more continuous wide shelf space for oversized storage containers and big equipment, all in one seamless gap‑free run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our 1.8m tall 5.5m deep wide‑dominant model if you have lower ceilings. Opt for our 2m tall 5.5m standard depth model if walkway space is very limited and you do not need extra depth. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow does this 2m tall version differ from the 1.8m tall 5.5m deep wide‑dominant shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 200mm of vertical height per bay. It creates taller compartment gaps for bulky equipment like step ladders and vacuum cleaners, or allows you to add an extra shelf tier for lighter items, noticeably increasing total storage volume across the full 5.5m length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this and the 5.5m × 2m × 0.5m tall wide‑dominant shelving? \u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth to every shelf. It is built to fully hold oversized 100L+ storage tubs and wide heavy tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill this 5.5m tall unit fit along the back wall of a standard Australian double garage? \u003cbr\u003eMost standard Australian double garages have an internal width of 5.5–6m and a ceiling height of 2.4m+. This unit fits neatly along the full back wall with side clearance, and the 2m height leaves comfortable space above for safe access to the top shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I connect this system with my existing 0.5m deep shelving? \u003cbr\u003eNo, the depth must match for proper frame alignment and secure connection. This unit is only compatible with 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames from our range.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5.5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914165985418,"sku":"14X2-23X2-35X2-22-34","price":480.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_2_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1718945787"},{"product_id":"5-5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*2m*0.6m 3000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m Heavy-Duty Symmetric Three-Bay Connecting Shelving 3000kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre \u003cstrong\u003elong‑span heavy‑duty connecting metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers seamless continuous bulk heavy‑capacity storage with symmetric compartment sizing for 5.5‑metre garage walls, workshop bays and utility spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etwo 2m(W) heavy‑duty side bays\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003eone 1.5m(W) central bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing two central uprights to form a gap‑free long‑span system that looks cleaner and costs less than assembling multiple separate single bays. The symmetric wide‑side layout prioritises generous storage for large bulky items in both side bays, with the central bay suited for medium‑sized parts, tools and sorted consumables. With 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 3000kg total capacity, this 0.6m deep unit handles heavy parts, cartons and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty shelving cannot support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with the same reinforced steel construction as our single bay units, it maintains full strength and stability across the full 5.5m span. It works as a complete standalone storage run, or can be extended with additional matching bays for longer wall‑to‑wall configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m-wide connecting unit combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone \u003ca title=\"1.5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing two central uprights to form a continuous long-span shelving system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops, and warehouses, it features the same heavy-duty steel construction and adjustable 4-tier design as the single bay, allowing you to create extended storage runs without sacrificing strength or stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Seamless Symmetric Three‑Bay Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide side bays flank one 1.5m central bay, joined by shared central uprights to create a continuous gap‑free 5.5m storage run. The symmetric wide‑side layout prioritises bulk storage for large items, with a medium central compartment for organised smaller parts — a distinct configuration to the narrow‑wide‑narrow 5m mixed‑bay unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3000kg Total Heavy‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 3000kg total system capacity engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving, fully accommodating large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 12 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately at different heights, so you can customise height configurations per bay to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) deliver robust, stable structure across the full 5.5m span, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Extendable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a complete standalone 5.5m storage run, or extends seamlessly with matching 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build longer custom storage systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/upright-2000h-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003eSteel upright frames (2.0m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete 3‑bay connecting shelving unit. It can be used standalone, or extended with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5.5m (W) × 2.0m (H) × 0.6m (D) (actual width: 5.34m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers per bay)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m wide side bays + 1 × 1.5m central bay, shared central uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty long‑span connecting shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m long‑span heavy‑duty connecting shelving unit is ideal if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall and want a seamless continuous heavy‑storage solution optimised for bulkier items, with a smaller central bay for organised parts and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe symmetric wide‑side layout provides two full‑width compartments for large storage tubs, bulky equipment and tool chests, with a medium central bay for smaller sorted items. This makes it better suited for bulk‑heavy storage than the 5m mixed‑bay unit, which prioritises a single wide central bay. The shared central uprights create a clean gap‑free look and reduce overall cost compared to buying three separate single bays, while delivering the same full 250kg per shelf load rating across the entire span.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m mixed‑bay connecting unit\u003c\/a\u003e if you prefer a single wide central bay for large items with narrower side bays for small parts. Opt for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-2m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m dual‑bay connecting unit\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a narrower wall and want uniform wide compartments. Go for our 0.5m standard depth regular‑duty connecting shelving if you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 5.5m unit and the 5m mixed‑bay connecting shelving? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis 5.5m unit uses a symmetric 2m + 1.5m + 2m layout with two wide side bays, optimised for bulk storage of large items across both sides. The 5m mixed‑bay unit uses a 1.5m + 2m + 1.5m layout with one single wide central bay, better for mixed item sizes with one large central compartment. Both share the same heavy‑duty 250kg per shelf load rating and 0.6m depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDo the shared central uprights reduce the load capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. Each shared central upright is engineered to carry the full load from both adjacent bays. Every shelf still supports its full 250kg rated capacity (evenly distributed) right up to the upright, with no reduction in strength across any join.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I add more bays to extend this 5.5m unit later? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 2m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add 1.2m, 1.5m or 2m wide bays to either end to build a custom‑length system that fits your wall exactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIs this unit suitable for commercial workshop and small warehouse use? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The reinforced steel frame and powder‑coated corrosion‑resistant finish are designed for both home garage and light commercial workshop environments, with a total 3000kg load rating suited for heavy tools, parts and inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5.5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":33914171293834,"sku":"16X2-26X2-38X2-25-37","price":500.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_2_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1718896072"},{"product_id":"4m-1-8m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*1.8m*0.5m 1200KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 1.8m x 0.5m Metal Long-Span Shelving Add-On Bay 1200kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4‑metre wide regular‑duty longspan add‑on bay is designed to extend your existing shelving system, creating a seamless continuous storage run for long blank walls in Australian garages, home workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt combines two \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m bays \u003c\/a\u003ewith one shared central upright, delivering 1200kg total load capacity — 150kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across 4 tiers per bay — with the same structural strength and stability as standalone units, while reducing cost and creating a cleaner, integrated look.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis connecting unit must be paired with a matching starter bay to form a complete freestanding shelving run, and is fully compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving in our range.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring 2000kg heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e with 0.6m depth.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd‑On Longspan Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 4m wide connecting unit engineered to join with a starter bay, sharing one central upright to build a gap‑free continuous storage wall. Saves cost compared to buying two separate standalone bays and delivers a seamless built‑in appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed per bay), 4 tiers across two bays for 1200kg total load, ideal for household tools, storage tubs, cartons and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 8 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately, so you can customise height layouts on each 2m section to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of different sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Steel Build\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade carbon steel frame with black powder‑coated finish, resistant to scratches, dust and minor stains, built for long‑term indoor use in garages and workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range, so you can keep extending your storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 ×\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e 2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 2‑bay system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 99.964%; height: 196px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e4m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 39.2px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 39.2px;\"\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 39.2px;\"\u003e150kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e1200kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e8 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 2 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 39.2px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.6667%; height: 39.2px;\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 71.9189%; height: 39.2px;\"\u003eAdd‑on \/ connecting unit (requires starter bay for standalone use)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4m regular‑duty longspan add‑on bay is the ideal choice if you have a long empty wall and want a smooth, continuous storage system without gaps between individual units.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 4m width covers a large wall section in one unit, creating a clean gap‑free look. The 2m height makes full use of standard Australian garage ceiling space, while the 0.6m depth ensures large 100L+ storage tubs sit completely on the shelf with no dangerous overhang.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you only need a single freestanding unit, our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m wide single‑bay shelving\u003c\/a\u003e is the better option. For heavier industrial loads and deeper storage, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty 2000kg connecting longspan range with 0.6m depth\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat is an add‑on bay, and do I need a starter bay first?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAn add‑on (connecting) bay shares one upright with an existing starter bay to extend your shelving run. You will need at least one starter bay first to build a complete freestanding system; add‑on bays cannot stand on their own.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this compatible with my existing Apple Shelving 1.8m high 0.5m deep racks?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, this connecting unit is fully compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty steel shelving in our range, so you can extend your existing system seamlessly.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eHow is this better than buying two separate 2m standalone bays?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4m connecting unit shares one central upright instead of using two separate end uprights. This lowers total cost, reduces installation time and creates a gap‑free continuous shelf surface with a cleaner appearance.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I set different shelf heights on each 2m section?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. Every shelf can be adjusted independently, so you can configure different height layouts on each side to match the exact size of your stored items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different heights, depths and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003eour showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised full‑wall storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving units come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419114279074,"sku":"10(1\u00261\/2)-23X2-33X2","price":325.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723175466"},{"product_id":"4m-1-8m-0-6m-1600kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*1.8m*0.6m 1600KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 1.8m x 0.6m Deep Connecting Longspan Shelving Add-On Bay 1600kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4‑metre wide regular‑duty deep longspan add‑on bay is engineered for long blank walls in Australian garages, workshops and light commercial spaces that require both extended continuous storage and extra front‑to‑back depth for bulky items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt combines two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W)  bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with one shared central upright, delivering 1600kg total load capacity — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf across 4 tiers per bay. The 0.6m extended depth fully accommodates oversized storage tubs, wide tool chests and large equipment that standard 0.5m deep racks cannot support, while the shared upright design cuts costs and creates a seamless, gap‑free storage run.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis connecting unit must be paired with a matching 0.6m deep starter bay to form a complete freestanding shelving system, and is fully compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving in our range.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring 2000kg heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range for commercial‑grade strength\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep + 4m Longspan Add‑On Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines extended front‑to‑back depth with seamless continuous storage. The 100mm extra depth fully supports oversized Australian storage tubs and heavy tool chests without overhang, while the shared central upright creates a gap‑free built‑in look and reduces total cost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1600kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed per bay), 4 tiers across two bays for 1600kg total load, ideal for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 8 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately, so you can customise height configurations on each 2m section to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade carbon steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The deeper 0.6m base footprint also improves overall balance and tilt resistance, even when fully loaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range, so you can keep extending your deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × \u003ca title=\"upright 1800mm regular duty\" href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is an add‑on connecting unit. It requires a matching 0.6m deep starter bay to form a complete freestanding shelving run.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per bay (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 2 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd‑on \/ connecting unit (requires starter bay for standalone use)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 4m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep longspan add‑on bay is the optimal choice if you have a long empty wall and find standard 0.5m deep racks too shallow for your largest storage containers and toolboxes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt must be paired with a 2m 0.6m deep starter bay to form a full 6m continuous shelving run, or added to an existing Apple Shelving deep storage system to extend its length. The shared central upright lowers overall cost and creates a cleaner, more integrated appearance than using separate standalone bays.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you only need a single freestanding unit, our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m wide 0.6m deep single‑bay shelving\u003c\/a\u003e is the better option. If you do not require extra depth, our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.5m standard depth connecting longspan range\u003c\/a\u003e offers a more space‑efficient, budget‑friendly solution.\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\nFor industrial‑grade heavy loads, explore our h\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eeavy‑duty 2000kg connecting longspan range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the main difference between this and the 0.5m deep 4m connecting shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth per shelf. It is designed to fully hold 100L+ oversized storage tubs and wide tool chests, so items do not hang over the shelf edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I mix this 0.6m deep add‑on bay with my existing 0.5m deep shelving?\u003cbr\u003eNo, the depth must match for proper frame alignment and connection. This unit is only compatible with 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames from our range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes the extra depth make the longspan system less stable?\u003cbr\u003eOn the contrary. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint of the entire run, improving balance and reducing tipping risk, especially when storing heavier items towards the front of the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow many large 100L storage tubs can fit on one 4m long shelf?\u003cbr\u003eYou can fit 6 to 8 standard 100L Australian plastic storage tubs along the full 4m length, with complete front‑to‑back support thanks to the 0.6m extended depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised full‑wall deep storage layout advice tailored to your space.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419114803362,"sku":"13(1\u00261\/2)-23X2-35X2","price":335.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_1.8_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1723175564"},{"product_id":"4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"4m*1.8m*0.6m 2000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4m x 1.8m x 0.6m Heavy-Duty Standard Connecting Shelving 2000kg | - 250kg Per Shelf, 2000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4‑metre \u003cstrong\u003elong‑span heavy‑duty connecting metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers seamless continuous heavy‑capacity storage at a standard 1.8m height, ideal for standard‑ceiling garages, workshop bays and utility spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003etwo 2m(W) heavy‑duty bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e sharing a single central upright, forming a gap‑free long‑span system that looks cleaner and costs less than assembling two separate single bays. At 1.8m tall, it is the universal standard height that fits comfortably under most standard garage and workshop ceilings without wasted overhead space. With 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 2000kg total capacity, this 0.6m deep unit handles bulky tools, heavy parts and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty shelving cannot support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with the same reinforced steel construction as our single bay units, it maintains full strength and stability across the full 4m span. It works as a complete standalone storage run, or can be extended with additional matching bays for longer wall‑to‑wall configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4m Seamless Long‑Span Dual‑Bay Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide heavy‑duty bays joined by a shared central upright, creating a continuous gap‑free 4m storage run. Cleaner built‑in appearance and better value than two separate single bay units, with no wasted space between bays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8m Standard Height Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e: Universal 1.8m shelf height fits comfortably under most standard Australian garage and workshop ceilings, with clear access to the top shelf without needing step ladders for everyday items. A practical, versatile height for most residential and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000kg Total Heavy‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 8 tiers, delivering 2000kg total system capacity engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving, fully accommodating large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 8 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately at different heights, so you can customise height configurations on each bay to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) deliver robust, stable structure across the full 4m span, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Extendable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a complete standalone 4m storage run, or extends seamlessly with matching 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build longer custom storage systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eSteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 ×\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e 2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete 2‑bay connecting shelving unit. It can be used standalone, or extended with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 4m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D) (actual width: 3.92m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 adjustable shelves (4 tiers per bay)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m wide bays, shared central upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty standard‑height long‑span connecting shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4m long‑span heavy‑duty connecting shelving unit is ideal if you have a roughly 4‑metre long wall with standard ceiling height, and want a seamless continuous heavy‑storage solution rather than separate single bay units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1.8m standard height is the most practical choice for most residential garages and small workshops, offering easy access to all shelves without excessive reach. The shared central upright creates a clean gap‑free look and reduces overall cost compared to buying two separate 2m bays, while delivering the same full 250kg per shelf load rating across the entire span.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-2m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e2m tall 4m connecting unit\u003c\/a\u003e if you have higher ceilings and want extra vertical storage capacity. Opt for individual single bays if you want to build your own custom length. Go for our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-0-5m-deep-1\"\u003e0.5m standard depth regular‑duty connecting shelving \u003c\/a\u003eif you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 1.8m unit and the 2m tall 4m connecting shelving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e This model is 200mm shorter at 1.8m tall, designed for standard ceiling heights where a 2m tall unit would leave minimal clearance or not fit at all. It offers easier access to the top shelf for everyday use. Both share the same 2m bay width, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the shared central upright reduce the load capacity? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The shared central upright is engineered to carry the full load from both adjacent bays. Each shelf still supports its full 250kg rated capacity (evenly distributed) right up to the upright, with no reduction in strength across the join.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I extend this 4m unit with more bays later on? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add 1.2m, 1.5m or 2m wide bays to either end to build a custom‑length system that fits your wall exactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat ceiling height do I need for this 1.8m unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e We recommend a minimum clear ceiling height of 2.0m for straightforward assembly and safe access to the top shelf. This makes it suitable for most standard Australian residential garages and small commercial workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/4m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"4m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\" href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419120472226,"sku":"15(1\u00261\/2)-26X2-38X2","price":350.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/4_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723098092"},{"product_id":"5m-1-8m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*1.8m*0.5m 2200KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 1.8m x 0.5m 3-Bay metal Longspan Shelving Add-On 2200kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5‑metre regular‑duty longspan shelving system features a 3‑bay mixed‑width design, combining two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eand one \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with shared central uprights to create a seamless continuous storage solution for long walls in Australian garages, workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 2200kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf in the 1.5m bays, and 150kg per shelf in the 2m bay — this add‑on compatible longspan rack supports flexible zoned storage: narrower bays for heavy tools and parts, wider bays for bulky storage tubs and equipment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range for commercial‑grade strength\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3‑Bay Mixed‑Width Longspan Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines two 1.5m bays and one 2m bay with two shared central uprights, delivering a seamless 5m continuous storage run. The mixed widths support flexible zoned organisation, with narrower sections for heavy tools and wider sections for large bulky items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2200kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf in 1.5m bays and 150kg per shelf in the 2m bay (all evenly distributed), 4 tiers per bay for 2200kg total load, ideal for household tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately, so you can customise height layouts for each zone to match boxes, tubs and equipment of different sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder‑Coated Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: High‑grade carbon steel frame with black powder‑coated finish, resistant to scratches, dust and minor stains, built for long‑term indoor use in garages and workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg (1.5m bays, evenly distributed)\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n150kg (2m bay, evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.5m bays + 1 × 2m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5m 3‑bay mixed‑width longspan shelving system is ideal if you have a roughly 5‑metre long blank wall in your garage or workshop, and want flexible zoned storage with different width sections for different item types.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe mixed‑width layout lets you dedicate narrower bays to heavy tools, parts and small equipment, and the wider bay to large storage tubs and bulky gardening gear — all in one seamless run. The shared central uprights reduce overall cost and create a cleaner, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone units.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf your wall is shorter, our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/collections\/connecting-units\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-5m-1200kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m 2‑bay longspan systems\u003c\/a\u003e are a better fit. If you need extra depth for oversized containers, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.6m deep longspan shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat is the advantage of a mixed‑width 3‑bay design?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eA mixed‑width layout lets you organise different item types in dedicated zones. Narrower 1.5m bays work well for heavy tools and sorted parts, while the wider 2m bay fits large storage tubs and bulky equipment that needs more horizontal space.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDo all bays have the same weight capacity per shelf?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo. The 1.5m bays support 200kg per shelf, while the 2m bay supports 150kg per shelf. All capacity ratings apply only when weight is evenly distributed across the full shelf surface.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIs this a complete standalone system, or do I need a separate starter bay?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis is a full freestanding 3‑bay system with 4 upright frames. It is ready to use on its own, and you can also add more add‑on bays later if you want to extend the storage run further.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I rearrange the order of the 1.5m and 2m bays during assembly?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes, the modular design lets you arrange the bays in any order you prefer during assembly, so you can place the wider bay on either end or in the middle to match your storage layout.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised long‑wall storage layout advice tailored to your space.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419124895906,"sku":"10X2-22X2-32X2-23-33","price":420.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723176064"},{"product_id":"5m-1-8m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*1.8m*0.6m 2400KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 1.8m x 0.6m Deep 3-Bay Long-span Shelving 2400kg Add-On | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5‑metre regular‑duty deep 3‑bay longspan shelving system combines two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e(W)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and one \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with shared central uprights, delivering seamless zoned deep storage for long blank walls in Australian garages, workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 2400kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf on every tier — this deep longspan rack features an extended 0.6m front‑to‑back depth that fully supports oversized Australian storage tubs, wide tool chests and bulky equipment that standard 0.5m deep racks cannot hold. The mixed‑width layout enables flexible organisation, with narrower sections for heavy parts and wider sections for large bulky items.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range for commercial‑grade strength\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep 3‑Bay Mixed‑Width Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines 100mm additional front‑to‑back depth with a 3‑bay mixed layout. The extended depth fully accommodates 100L+ oversized storage tubs and wide toolboxes without overhang, while the mixed 1.5m\/2m bays support targeted zoned organisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2400kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 2400kg total load capacity suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each zone, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint, improving balance and tilt resistance even with fully loaded front‑heavy shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.5m bays + 1 × 2m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis 5m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep 3‑bay longspan shelving system is the best choice if you have a roughly 5‑metre long wall and find standard 0.5m deep racks too shallow for your largest storage containers and toolboxes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 0.6m extended depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no dangerous overhang, while the mixed‑width layout lets you dedicate different bays to different item types for cleaner organisation. The shared central uprights reduce overall cost and create a seamless, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone units.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose our 0\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e.5m deep 5m 3‑bay model\u003c\/a\u003e if walkway space is very limited and you do not need extra depth. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4m-1-8m-0-6m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e4m deep 2‑bay systems\u003c\/a\u003e if your wall is shorter. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhat’s the main difference between this and the 5m 0.5m deep 3‑bay shelving?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth to every shelf. It is built to fully hold oversized 100L+ storage tubs and wide heavy tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWill the 0.6m depth take up too much walkway space in my garage?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt extends 100mm further than standard shelving. For most long garage side walls, this still leaves plenty of clearance for vehicle access and foot traffic, but we recommend measuring your available space before ordering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDo all three bays have the same 200kg per‑shelf weight limit?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYes. Every shelf across both 1.5m bays and the 2m bay supports a 200kg evenly distributed load, giving consistent weight capacity across the entire 5m run.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eCan I connect this deep 3‑bay system with my existing 0.5m deep shelving?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo, the depth must match for proper frame alignment and secure connection. This unit is only compatible with 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames from our range.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit Showroom\" href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419126894754,"sku":"13X2-22X2-34X2-23-35","price":435.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_1.8_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1723176168"},{"product_id":"5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5m*1.8m*0.6m 3000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5m x 1.8m x 0.6m Heavy-Duty Mixed-Bay Connecting Shelving 3000kg | 250kg Per Shelf, 3000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5‑metre \u003cstrong\u003elong‑span heavy‑duty connecting metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers seamless continuous heavy‑capacity storage with mixed compartment sizes at a standard 1.8m height, ideal for standard‑ceiling garages, workshop bays and utility spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"products\/1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"1-5m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eand\u003cstrong\u003e one \u003ca title=\"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing two central uprights to form a continuous long-span shelving system. At 1.8m tall, it is the universal standard height that fits comfortably under most standard Australian garage and workshop ceilings, with easy access to the top shelf for everyday items. With 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and 3000kg total capacity, this 0.6m deep unit handles heavy parts, cartons and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty shelving cannot support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with the same reinforced steel construction as our single bay units, it maintains full strength and stability across the full 5m span. It works as a complete standalone storage run, or can be extended with additional matching bays for longer wall‑to‑wall configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5m Seamless Mixed‑Bay Three‑Bay Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 1.5m side bays flank one 2m central bay, joined by shared central uprights to create a continuous gap‑free 5m storage run. The mixed‑width layout offers versatile compartment sizes for both small heavy parts and large bulky items, more flexible than uniform‑bay designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8m Standard Height Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e: Universal 1.8m shelf height fits comfortably under most standard Australian garage and workshop ceilings, with clear access to the top shelf without step ladders for everyday items. A practical, versatile height for most residential and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving, fully accommodating large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 12 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately at different heights, so you can customise height configurations per bay to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) deliver robust, stable structure across the full 5m span, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Extendable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a complete standalone 5m storage run, or extends seamlessly with matching 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build longer custom storage systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"1.5m extra shelf\"\u003e1.5m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"2m extra shelf\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete 3‑bay connecting shelving unit. It can be used standalone, or extended with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D) (actual width: 4.84m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers per bay)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.5m side bays + 1 × 2m central bay, shared central uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty standard‑height long‑span connecting shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5m long‑span heavy‑duty connecting shelving unit is ideal if you have a roughly 5‑metre long wall with standard ceiling height, and want a seamless continuous heavy‑storage solution with mixed compartment sizes for different item types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1.8m standard height is the most practical choice for most residential garages and small workshops, offering easy access to all shelves without excessive reach. The mixed‑width layout is more versatile than uniform‑bay designs: narrower side bays work for sorted parts, tools and smaller containers, while the wider central bay accommodates large tool chests, bulky equipment and full‑size storage tubs. The shared central uprights create a clean gap‑free look and reduce overall cost compared to buying three separate single bays, while delivering the same full 250kg per shelf load rating across the entire span.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-2m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e2m tall 5m connecting unit\u003c\/a\u003e if you have higher ceilings and want extra vertical storage capacity. Opt for the 4m dual‑bay connecting unit if you have a narrower wall and prefer uniform wide compartments. Go for our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shelving-0-5m-deep-1\"\u003e0.5m standard depth regular‑duty connecting shelving\u003c\/a\u003e if you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 1.8m unit and the 2m tall 5m connecting shelving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e This model is 200mm shorter at 1.8m tall, designed for standard ceiling heights where a 2m tall unit would leave minimal clearance or not fit at all. It offers easier access to the top shelf for everyday use. Both share the same mixed 1.5m + 2m + 1.5m bay layout, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the advantage of a mixed‑bay layout? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA mixed‑width layout lets you organise different sized items efficiently in one continuous run. Narrower side bays keep small parts, tools and sorted items organised, while the wider central bay handles large bulky equipment that won’t fit in narrower compartments. It avoids wasted space from using all‑wide bays for small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDo the shared central uprights reduce the load capacity? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Each shared central upright is engineered to carry the full load from both adjacent bays. Every shelf still supports its full 250kg rated capacity (evenly distributed) right up to the upright, with no reduction in strength across any join.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat ceiling height do I need for this 1.8m unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e We recommend a minimum clear ceiling height of 2.0m for straightforward assembly and safe access to the top shelf. This makes it suitable for most standard Australian residential garages and small commercial workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419127550114,"sku":"15X2-25X2-37X2-26-38","price":455.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723176195"},{"product_id":"5-5m-1-8m-0-5m-2000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*1.8m*0.5m 2000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m Storage Rack 3-Bay Longspan Shelving 2000kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre regular‑duty longspan shelving system features a wide‑dominant 3‑bay layout, combining two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and one \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-5m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e1.5m bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e with shared central uprights, built for extra‑long blank walls in Australian double garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2000kg total load capacity across all three bays — 150kg per evenly‑loaded shelf in the 2m bays, and 200kg per shelf in the 1.5m bay — this longspan rack prioritises wide storage space for oversized plastic tubs, bulky gardening equipment and large tool chests, with a narrower bay for sorted parts and smaller items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Extra Long 3‑Bay Wide‑Dominant Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines two 2m wide bays and one 1.5m bay with two shared central uprights, forming a seamless 5.5m continuous storage run. The dual wide bays offer more space for large bulky items than mixed‑narrow layouts, ideal for users prioritising big tub and equipment storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf in 2m bays and 200kg per shelf in the 1.5m bay (all evenly distributed), 4 tiers per bay for 2000kg total load, suitable for household tools, storage tubs, spare parts and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each bay, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Frame Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability across the full 5.5m length. The shared upright design and extended base footprint further reinforce overall balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your storage system as your needs grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg (2m bays, evenly distributed), 200kg (1.5m bay, evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m bays + 1 × 1.5m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 1.8m 3‑bay longspan shelving system is the ideal choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall, and your storage needs are focused on large tubs and bulky items rather than small sorted parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m wide bays give you more continuous wide shelf space for oversized storage containers and big equipment, while the single 1.5m bay works well for smaller organised items. The shared central uprights reduce overall cost and create a seamless, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-5m-1800kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m 3‑bay mixed‑width model\u003c\/a\u003e if you have a slightly shorter wall and want more balanced zoned storage. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.6m deep longspan range\u003c\/a\u003e if you need extra front‑to‑back depth for oversized containers. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow is this different from the 5m 3‑bay mixed‑width shelving?\u003cbr\u003eThis 5.5m model has two 2m wide bays and one 1.5m bay, prioritising wide storage space for large tubs and bulky items. The 5m model has two 1.5m bays and one 2m bay, with more balanced zoned storage for mixed item sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs 5.5m a good fit for a standard Australian double garage?\u003cbr\u003eMost standard Australian double garages have an internal width of 5.5–6m. This unit fits neatly along the full back wall of a typical double garage, creating a complete wall‑to‑wall storage solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhich bay should I use for heavier items?\u003cbr\u003eFor maximum stability, we recommend placing heavier items in the 1.5m bay (200kg per shelf capacity) on lower shelves, and using the two 2m bays for lighter bulky goods and large storage tubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to make the system even longer?\u003cbr\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) add‑on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5.5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419128926370,"sku":"10X2-23X2-33X2-22-32","price":450.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723175780"},{"product_id":"5-5m-1-8m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*1.8m*0.6m 2400KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 1.8m x 0.6m Wide-Dominant Deep Longspan Shelving 2400kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre regular‑duty wide‑dominant deep longspan shelving system combines two \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/collections\/shelving-regular-duty\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eand one \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.5m(W) bay\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e with shared central uprights, delivering seamless zoned deep storage for extra‑long blank walls in Australian double garages, large workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2400kg total load capacity across all three bays — 200kg per evenly‑loaded shelf on every tier — this deep longspan rack features an extended 0.6m front‑to‑back depth that fully supports oversized Australian storage tubs, wide tool chests and bulky equipment. The dual wide‑bay layout prioritises space for large bulky items, with a narrower bay for sorted parts and smaller accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.5m storage run, and can be further extended with additional matching add‑on bays to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor industrial warehouse use requiring higher heavy‑load longspan systems, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003eheavy‑duty connecting shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e for commercial‑grade strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Extra Long Wide‑Dominant Deep Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines 100mm additional front‑to‑back depth with a 3‑bay layout led by two 2m wide bays, forming a seamless 5.5m continuous storage run. The dual wide bays offer more space for large bulky items than mixed‑narrow layouts, while the extended depth eliminates shelf overhang for big containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2400kg Total Regular‑Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 2400kg total load capacity suitable for medium‑heavy tools, spare parts, large containers and light workshop inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every solid steel shelf across all three bays can be repositioned separately. You can customise height configurations for each bay, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Stable Deep Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Heavy‑gauge steel uprights and cross bracing deliver solid structural stability across the full 5.5m length. The 0.6m deep base widens the overall footprint, improving balance and tilt resistance even with fully loaded front‑heavy shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Modular Expandability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add‑on bays at any time to extend your deep storage system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-regular-duty\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 ×\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e 2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-800kg\"\u003e1.5m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding 3‑bay longspan system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add‑on bays for longer storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers across 3 bays)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m bays + 1 × 1.5m bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete 3‑bay longspan system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right size for your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m × 1.8m × 0.6m deep wide‑dominant longspan shelving system is the best choice if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall and find standard 0.5m deep racks too shallow for your largest storage containers and toolboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m wide bays give you more continuous wide shelf space for oversized storage containers and big equipment, while the 0.6m extended depth ensures large items sit fully on the shelf with no dangerous overhang. The shared central uprights reduce overall cost and create a seamless, gap‑free appearance compared to separate standalone units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-5m-2000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e0.5m deep 5.5m wide‑dominant model\u003c\/a\u003e if walkway space is very limited and you do not need extra depth. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-2400kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m deep 3‑bay systems\u003c\/a\u003e if your wall is slightly shorter. For even longer walls, you can add extra matching add‑on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the main difference between this and the 5.5m 0.5m deep wide‑dominant shelving?\u003cbr\u003e This model adds 100mm of front‑to‑back depth to every shelf. It is built to fully hold oversized 100L+ storage tubs and wide heavy tool chests, so items do not hang over the front edge and create tipping hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs 5.5m a good fit for a standard Australian double garage back wall? \u003cbr\u003eMost standard Australian double garages have an internal width of 5.5–6m. This unit fits neatly along the full back wall, creating a complete wall‑to‑wall deep storage solution with minimal side clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo all three bays have the same 200kg per‑shelf weight limit? \u003cbr\u003eYes. Every shelf across both 2m bays and the 1.5m bay supports a 200kg evenly distributed load, giving consistent weight capacity across the entire 5.5m run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I connect this deep system with my existing 0.5m deep shelving? \u003cbr\u003eNo, the depth must match for proper frame alignment and secure connection. This unit is only compatible with 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) regular‑duty shelving frames from our range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Connecting Longspan Shelving Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare different depths and load capacities. Visit \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/about-us\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eour showroom\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for personalised extra‑long deep storage layout advice tailored to your space. All our shelving units come with a 2‑year manufacturer warranty — see the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419130728610,"sku":"13X2-23X2-35X2-22-34","price":465.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_1.8_0.6_800kg.jpg?v=1723176026"},{"product_id":"5-5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving","title":"5.5m*1.8m*0.6m 3000KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.5m x 1.8m x 0.6m 3000KG Connecting Unit – 250kg Per Shelf, 3000kg Total Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5‑metre \u003cstrong\u003elong‑span heavy‑duty connecting metal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e unit delivers seamless continuous bulk heavy‑capacity storage with symmetric compartment sizing at a standard 1.8m height, ideal for standard‑ceiling garages, workshop bays and utility spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt 5.5m-wide connecting unit combines \u003cstrong\u003etwo \u003ca title=\"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) bays\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black-1\" title=\"2m-2m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca title=\"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\" href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-800kg-black\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"1-5m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\"\u003e1.5m(W) bay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sharing two central uprights to form a continuous long-span shelving system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for garages, workshops, and warehouses, it features the same heavy-duty steel construction and adjustable 4-tier design as the single bay, allowing you to create extended storage runs without sacrificing strength or stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.5m Seamless Symmetric Three‑Bay Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide side bays flank one 1.5m central bay, joined by shared central uprights to create a continuous gap‑free 5.5m storage run. The symmetric wide‑side layout prioritises bulk storage for large items across both sides, with a medium central compartment for organised smaller parts — a distinct configuration to the narrow‑wide‑narrow 5m mixed‑bay unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8m Standard Height Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e: Universal 1.8m shelf height fits comfortably under most standard Australian garage and workshop ceilings, with clear access to the top shelf without step ladders for everyday items. A practical, versatile height for most residential and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3000kg Total Heavy‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 12 tiers, delivering 3000kg total system capacity engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving, fully accommodating large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 12 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately at different heights, so you can customise height configurations per bay to fit boxes, tubs and equipment of varying sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) deliver robust, stable structure across the full 5.5m span, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Extendable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a complete standalone 5.5m storage run, or extends seamlessly with matching 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build longer custom storage systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eSteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" title=\"2m extra shelf\"\u003e2m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"1.5m extra shelf\"\u003e1.5m(W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: This is a complete 3‑bay connecting shelving unit. It can be used standalone, or extended with additional matching bays to create longer continuous storage runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5.5m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D) (actual width: 5.34m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 adjustable shelves (4 tiers per bay)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m wide side bays + 1 × 1.5m central bay, shared central uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty standard‑height long‑span connecting shelving unit (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.5m long‑span heavy‑duty connecting shelving unit is ideal if you have a roughly 5.5‑metre long wall with standard ceiling height, and want a seamless continuous heavy‑storage solution optimised for bulkier items, with a smaller central bay for organised parts and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe symmetric wide‑side layout provides two full‑width compartments for large storage tubs, bulky equipment and tool chests, with a medium central bay for smaller sorted items. This makes it better suited for bulk‑heavy storage than the 5m mixed‑bay unit, which prioritises a single wide central bay. The 1.8m standard height is the most practical choice for most residential garages and small workshops, offering easy access to all shelves without excessive reach. The shared central uprights create a clean gap‑free look and reduce overall cost compared to buying three separate single bays, while delivering the same full 250kg per shelf load rating across the entire span.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5m-1-8m-0-6m-3000kg-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5m mixed‑bay connecting unit\u003c\/a\u003e if you prefer a single wide central bay for large items with narrower side bays for small parts. Opt for the \u003ca href=\"\/5-5m-2m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e2m tall 5.5m connecting unit\u003c\/a\u003e if you have higher ceilings and want extra vertical storage capacity. Go for our 0.5m standard depth regular‑duty connecting shelving if you only need lighter everyday storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 5.5m unit and the 5m mixed‑bay connecting shelving? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis 5.5m unit uses a symmetric 2m + 1.5m + 2m layout with two wide side bays, optimised for bulk storage of large items across both sides. The 5m mixed‑bay unit uses a 1.5m + 2m + 1.5m layout with one single wide central bay, better for mixed item sizes with one large central compartment. Both share the same heavy‑duty 250kg per shelf load rating, 1.8m height and 0.6m depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this 1.8m model compare to the 2m tall 5.5m connecting shelving? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is 200mm shorter at 1.8m tall, designed for standard ceiling heights where a 2m tall unit would leave minimal clearance or not fit at all. It offers easier access to the top shelf for everyday use. Both share the same symmetric 2m + 1.5m + 2m bay layout, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDo the shared central uprights reduce the load capacity? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Each shared central upright is engineered to carry the full load from both adjacent bays. Every shelf still supports its full 250kg rated capacity (evenly distributed) right up to the upright, with no reduction in strength across any join.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat ceiling height do I need for this 1.8m unit? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe recommend a minimum clear ceiling height of 2.0m for straightforward assembly and safe access to the top shelf. This makes it suitable for most standard Australian residential garages and small commercial workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For full terms and conditions, visit our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore other configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e5.5m Connecting Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"pleshelving.com.au\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving\" title=\"5.5m-long-connecting-shelving\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Visit Showroom\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419132203170,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-25-37","price":485.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/5.5_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723099122"},{"product_id":"5-2m-1-8m-0-5m-1500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.2m*1.8m*0.5m 1500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.2m x 2m x 0.5m Central Workstation Longspan Shelving 1500kg | Apple Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.2-metre regular-duty longspan shelving bench combines two \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-2m-0-5m-metal-shelving-600kg-black\"\u003e2m(W) side storage units\u003c\/a\u003e with a central \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1500w-500d\"\u003e1.2m(W)\u003c\/a\u003e workstation section, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation for Australian garages, home workshops and light commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 150kg per evenly distributed shelf and a 1500kg total system capacity, this configuration delivers a seamless layout with strong load performance and flexible shelf adjustment. It pairs generous bulk storage for tools, parts and equipment on both sides with a compact central work surface for assembly, preparation and everyday tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit stands independently as a complete 5.2m storage and workstation run, and can be further extended with additional matching add-on bays to fit the full length of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eExplore more modular configurations in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e, or visit our showroom for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.2m Longspan Dual-Storage Central-Workstation Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide storage bays flank a compact 1.2m central workstation, joined by shared uprights to form a seamless 5.2m continuous system. Delivers both bulk storage capacity and a dedicated flat work surface in one streamlined unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500kg Total Regular-Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: 150kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 10 tiers, delivering 1500kg total load capacity suitable for bulky tools, spare parts, storage tubs and workshop equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All shelves across every section can be repositioned at various heights to suit your workflow and storage needs, creating tall gaps for long equipment or compact layers for sorted small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Powder-Coated Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: High-grade powder-coated steel construction for superior strength, corrosion resistance and a clean professional finish, built for long-term use in garage and workshop environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Expandable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% compatible with all 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) regular-duty shelving frames in our range. You can add more add-on bays at any time to extend your system as your needs grow.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-500mm\"\u003esteel upright frames (1.8m H)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-500d\"\u003e2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-500d\"\u003e1.2m (W) steel shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll required nuts, bolts and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eNote: This is a complete freestanding longspan shelving bench system. It can stand on its own, or be extended with additional add-on bays for longer runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.5m (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg per shelf (evenly distributed, all sections)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 adjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSection Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m storage bays + 1 × 1.2m central workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete longspan shelving bench system (freestanding, expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.2m × 1.8m shelving bench system is the ideal choice if you have a roughly 5.2-metre long wall, and want a single integrated unit that combines bulk storage with a compact central work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual 2m side bays provide plenty of shelf space for storage tubs, tools and equipment, while the 1.2m central section creates a dedicated flat zone for assembly, repairs or everyday tasks. The shared upright design reduces overall cost and creates a seamless, gap-free appearance compared to separate standalone shelving and work tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-5m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.5m wide-dominant workbench with pegboards\u003c\/a\u003e if you want dedicated tool hanging instead of a flat work surface. Opt for our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/connecting-units\"\u003epure longspan shelving range\u003c\/a\u003e if you only need storage with no workstation functionality. For longer walls, you can add extra matching add-on bays to extend the system further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat’s the difference between this shelving bench and a pegboard workbench? \u003cbr\u003eThis model features a flat central workstation shelf for assembly, preparation and resting items, while pegboard workbenches have vertical pegboard panels for hanging tools. This design is better if you need a horizontal work surface rather than vertical tool storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat is the central 1.2m section used for? \u003cbr\u003eThe 1.2m central section creates a compact dedicated work surface. It is ideal for small assembly tasks, tool preparation, or as a staging area for items you are actively working with, without taking up space in your main storage bays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I adjust the height of the central work surface?\u003cbr\u003e Yes. All shelves, including the central workstation shelves, are fully adjustable. You can set the work surface at your preferred working height, and adjust the storage shelves around it to match your workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan I add more bays to extend the system later? \u003cbr\u003eYes, the system is fully modular. You can purchase additional matching 1.8m(H) × 0.5m(D) add-on bays at any time to extend the continuous storage and workstation run to fit the exact length of your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca title=\"5.2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" href=\"\/collections\/5-2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit our showroom\" href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34419135479970,"sku":"10X2-23X2-33X2-21(2\/4)-31(2\/4)","price":380.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.2_1.8_0.5.jpg?v=1723175626"},{"product_id":"5-2m-1-8m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench","title":"5.2m*1.8m*0.6m 2500KG (W*H*D) Connecting Shelving With Workstation","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5.2m x 1.8m x 0.6m Connecting Shelving Workbench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.2‑metre heavy‑duty long‑span \u003cstrong\u003emetal shelving bench\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers a practical all‑in‑one storage and workstation solution at a standard 1.8m height, ideal for regular‑ceiling garages, workshop bays and utility spaces across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg-black\" title=\"2m-1-8m-0-6m-metal-shelving-1000kg\"\u003etwo 2m(W) shelving units\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eon each end and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etwo 1.2m(W) shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e in the centre, sharing uprights to form a continuous long-span workstation.At 1.8m tall, it sits comfortably under most standard Australian garage and shed ceilings, with easy everyday access to the top shelf without a step ladder. The dual side bays provide generous heavy‑duty storage for tools, parts and bulk items, while the central bay can be fitted with an optional benchtop to create a flat work surface right alongside your stored gear for efficient workflow. With 250kg per evenly distributed shelf and a 2500kg total system capacity, this 0.6m deep unit handles bulky equipment and large storage containers that standard‑depth regular‑duty shelving cannot support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in black powder coating for rust and chemical resistance, it delivers long‑lasting performance in both home and light commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll‑In‑One Shelving + Workstation Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Two 2m wide side storage bays flank a 1.2m compact central work bay, integrated into one seamless long‑span unit. Combines heavy‑duty storage and a dedicated work surface in a single footprint, eliminating the need for separate shelves and a standalone workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8m Standard Height Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e: Universal 1.8m shelf height fits comfortably under most standard Australian garage, shed and workshop ceilings, with clear access to all shelf levels for everyday use. A practical, versatile height for most residential and small commercial spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2500kg Total Heavy‑Duty Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e: 250kg per shelf (evenly distributed) across all 10 tiers, delivering 2500kg total system capacity engineered for bulky tools, heavy parts, cartons and equipment that exceed regular‑duty weight limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6m Extra Deep Format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100mm deeper than standard 0.5m regular‑duty shelving, fully accommodating large storage tubs and wide workshop tool chests without dangerous front overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Compact Benchtop Upgrade\u003c\/strong\u003e: The central bay can be fitted with a 1.2m wide worktop for a smooth, solid working surface. Note: During the August–December 2026 transition period, benchtops may be supplied in either black MDF or natural timber. Please advise your preference at time of order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependently Adjustable Shelf Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e: All 10 solid steel shelves can be repositioned separately at different heights, so you can customise storage heights on each side bay and set work surface levels to suit your workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Frame with Specified Steel Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rigid steel uprights (0.7mm), crossrails (0.8mm) and shelves (0.45mm) deliver robust, stable structure across the full 5.2m span, suitable for both home garage and commercial workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Extendable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Works as a complete standalone workstation, or extends seamlessly with matching 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty bays to build larger custom storage and work systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\" title=\"upright-1800mm-600mm-heavy-duty\"\u003eUprights (frame ends)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × \u003ca title=\"extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\" href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-2000w-600d-for-1000kg-shelving\"\u003e2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\" title=\"extra-shelf-1200w-600d-for-1000kg\"\u003e1.2m(W) Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eAll required nuts and bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Add-Ons\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mdf-bench-top-for-1200l\" title=\"mdf bench top 1.2m\"\u003eMDF Worktop 1.2m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eWe are currently in the process of changing our black MDF to wood timber. During the transition period (August–December 2026), you may receive either the black MDF or timber version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a preference, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"contact us\"\u003elet us know\u003c\/a\u003e before placing your order, and we'll do our best to accommodate your request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5.2m (W) × 1.8m (H) × 0.6m (D) (actual width: 5.04m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer Shelf Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg per shelf (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal System Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500kg total (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright – 0.7mm \/ Crossrail – 0.8mm \/ Shelf – 0.45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder‑coated carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Benchtop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2m wide (MDF \/ timber transition period applies)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 adjustable shelves (4 tiers per side bay, 2 tiers in central work bay)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 2m side storage bays + 1 × 1.2m central work bay, shared uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy‑duty standard‑height long‑span shelving bench (standalone \u0026amp; expandable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs This the Right Fit for Your Space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5.2m heavy‑duty metal shelving bench is ideal if you want a combined storage and workstation solution for a standard‑ceiling garage or workshop, and prefer a compact central work area to maximise storage space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1.8m standard height is the most practical choice for most Australian residential garages and small workshops, offering easy access to all shelves without excessive reach. The integrated design saves floor space by combining storage and work surface in one continuous unit, with heavy tools and parts stored right beside your work area for efficient workflow. The 0.6m extra depth ensures large items sit fully on shelves with no tipping hazard, unlike standard 0.5m deep regular‑duty units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-2m-2m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e2m tall 5.2m shelving bench\u003c\/a\u003e if you have higher ceilings and want extra vertical storage capacity. Opt for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-5m-1-8m-0-6m-2500kg-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003ethe 5.5m wide shelving bench\u003c\/a\u003e if you want a wider 1.5m central work area. Go for a standard 5m heavy‑duty connecting shelving unit if you only need storage and no dedicated work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between this 1.8m model and the 2m tall 5.2m shelving bench? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is 200mm shorter at 1.8m tall, designed for standard ceiling heights where a 2m tall unit would leave minimal clearance or not fit at all. It offers easier access to the top shelf for everyday use. Both share the same 1.2m central work bay, 0.6m depth and 250kg per shelf heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is the central work bay, and how does it compare to the 5.5m workbench? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis unit has a 1.2m wide central work bay, designed for compact workspaces and general hand tasks. The 5.5m model has a wider 1.5m work bay for larger workpieces and project layouts. Both share the same 2m side storage bays and heavy‑duty load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the optional benchtop support? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe benchtop is designed for general workshop tasks, light assembly and hand tool use. For heavy hammer work, vice operations or heavy static loads, we recommend reinforcing the work bay or using a dedicated heavy‑duty workbench. Evenly distributed light to medium workshop loads are suitable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan I extend this unit with additional storage bays later?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. The unit is fully modular and compatible with all other 1.8m(H) × 0.6m(D) heavy‑duty shelving bays from our range. You can add bays to either end to expand storage capacity while keeping the central work bay in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-Year warranty included. For details, see our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/warranty-policy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewarranty policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more modular configurations in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/5-2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\" title=\"5.2m-long-connecting-shelving-workbench\"\u003e5.2m Shelving Bench Series\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"Visit our showroom\" href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003evisit our showroom\u003c\/a\u003e for tailored layout advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apple Shelving","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":44830839701666,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-24(2\/4)-36(2\/4)","price":430.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Pegboards","offer_id":44830839734434,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-24(2\/4)-36(2\/4)-P41X2","price":530.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Pegboards \u0026 2 Extra-Shelf","offer_id":44830839767202,"sku":"15X2-26X2-38X2-24-36-P41X2","price":575.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0073\/2758\/0278\/files\/WB_5.2_1.8_0.6_1000kg.jpg?v=1723098260"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.appleshelving.com.au\/collections\/all.oembed?page=9","provider":"Apple Shelving","version":"1.0","type":"link"}